WO2014101836A1 - Method, device and system for accessing station - Google Patents

Method, device and system for accessing station Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2014101836A1
WO2014101836A1 PCT/CN2013/090724 CN2013090724W WO2014101836A1 WO 2014101836 A1 WO2014101836 A1 WO 2014101836A1 CN 2013090724 W CN2013090724 W CN 2013090724W WO 2014101836 A1 WO2014101836 A1 WO 2014101836A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
site
terminal
station
information
message
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2013/090724
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
张亮亮
蔺波
常俊仁
Original Assignee
华为技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 华为技术有限公司 filed Critical 华为技术有限公司
Publication of WO2014101836A1 publication Critical patent/WO2014101836A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L1/00Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received
    • H04L1/12Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received by using return channel
    • H04L1/16Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received by using return channel in which the return channel carries supervisory signals, e.g. repetition request signals
    • H04L1/1607Details of the supervisory signal

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to the field of communications technologies, and in particular, to a method, device, and system for accessing a site. Background technique
  • CA Carrier Aggregation
  • the UE needs to send a Preamble (preamble) to the base station when the UE accesses the station. If the preamble can be correctly received by the base station, the base station sends a reply message (for example, an RA-Response random access reply message) to the UE. After receiving the message, the UE sends a message (scheduling the transmission message) to the base station, and after replying from the base station to the terminal, the UE replies with a message (feedback content resolution message).
  • a reply message for example, an RA-Response random access reply message
  • the embodiment of the invention provides a method, a device and a system for accessing a site, which are used to speed up the access of the UE to the site and reduce the access delay.
  • a configuration information includes configuration information of a scheduling request SR or configuration information of a sounding reference signal SRS or configuration information for transmitting data
  • first access information to the first station to access the first station for communication, where the first access information is the SR or the SRS or an ACK or a NACK or a Data.
  • the first configuration information is used by the terminal to send first access information to the first station to access the first station, where the first access information is the SR or the SRS or ACK Or NACK or the data.
  • the first station And receiving, by the first station, the first message, where the first message includes the first configuration information, where the first configuration information includes configuration information of the scheduling request SR or the sounding reference signal SRS or configuration information of the sending data;
  • the first station communicates, the first access information being the SR or the SRS or ACK or NACK or the data.
  • a receiving unit configured to receive a first message sent by the second station, where the first message includes first configuration information, where the first configuration information includes configuration information of the scheduling request SR or configuration information of the sounding reference signal SRS or sending data Configuration information used;
  • a sending unit configured to send first access information to the first station to communicate with the first station according to the first configuration information, where the first access information is the SR or the SRS or ACK or NACK or data.
  • a site provided including:
  • the receiving information unit is configured to receive a first message sent by the first station, where the first message includes first configuration information, where the first configuration information includes configuration information of a scheduling request SR or a sounding reference signal SRS or a configuration of sending data.
  • a sending information unit configured to send a second message to the terminal, where the second message includes the first configuration information, where the first configuration information is used by the terminal to send a first access to the first station
  • the information is communicated by accessing the first station, and the first access information is the SR or the SRS or ACK or NACK or the data.
  • the embodiment of the present invention has the following advantages: the UE receives the first message sent by the second station, where the first configuration information is included, and sends the location to the first station according to the first configuration information.
  • the first access information is used to access the first station for communication, so that the UE can access the first station according to the SR or SRS or ACK or NACK or data, without performing random access first. That is, the resource needs to be requested from the target base station, so that the access speed between the UE and the target base station is accelerated, and the signaling interaction process between the UE and the target base station is reduced, thereby reducing the delay of accessing the target base station.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of a method for accessing a site according to an embodiment of the present invention
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of a method for accessing a site according to an embodiment of the present invention
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram of a method for accessing a site according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic diagram of a method for accessing a site according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic diagram of a method for accessing a site according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic diagram of a method for accessing a site according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic diagram of a method for accessing a site according to an embodiment of the present invention
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic diagram of an eighth embodiment of a method for accessing a site according to an embodiment of the present invention
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic diagram of a ninth embodiment of a method for accessing a site according to an embodiment of the present invention. Schematic diagram of an embodiment of a terminal in an example;
  • FIG. 11 is a schematic diagram of an embodiment of a site in an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 12 is a schematic diagram of another embodiment of a station in an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 13 is a schematic diagram of a system embodiment of an access site according to an embodiment of the present invention. detailed description
  • the embodiments of the present invention provide a method, an apparatus, and a system for accessing a site, which are used to speed up a UE accessing a site and reduce an access delay.
  • the method for accessing a site in the embodiment of the present invention is a scenario in which a terminal (UE) is separated from a control plane and a user plane.
  • the user plane and the control plane can be separately switched to different base stations.
  • the control plane of the UE remains at the second station, and the user plane transmission of the UE is switched from the third station to the first station.
  • the second site uses the macro base station eNB as an example, the third site uses Pico2 as an example, and the first site uses Picol as an example.
  • the terminal does not need to perform a complete access process.
  • Scenario 2 The control plane and the user plane of the UE are respectively in the first site and the second site, and the user plane of the terminal is switched to the first site.
  • the first site uses the macro base station Macro eNB1 as an example, and the second site uses Picol as an example.
  • the target site for user plane conversion is the base station that is serving the terminal, the terminal does not need to perform a complete access procedure.
  • Scenario 3 The user plane and the control plane of the UE are in the second site, and the user plane of the terminal is switched to the first site.
  • the second station takes the macro base station Macro eNB1 as an example, and the first station uses Picol as an example.
  • the user plane and the control plane of the UE are in the first station and the second station, respectively, and the control plane of the UE is to be switched to the first station.
  • the first site uses Pico as an example
  • the second site uses a macro network eNB, that is, a Macro eNB as an example.
  • the first site uses Pico as an example.
  • an embodiment of a method for accessing a site in an embodiment of the present invention includes:
  • the UE receives the first message sent by the second station, where the first message includes the first configuration information, the first configuration
  • the information includes configuration information of a scheduling request (English: Scheduling Request, abbreviated: SR), or configuration information of a sounding reference signal (English: Sounding Reference Signal, abbreviation: SRS), or configuration information for transmitting data.
  • SR Scheduling Request
  • SRS Sounding Reference Signal
  • the configuration information for transmitting data in this embodiment refers to configuration information of data to be transmitted when the UE is to communicate with the second station.
  • the first station is the target base station to which the UE accesses
  • the second station is the base station to which the UE is currently connected.
  • the data is various communication data sent by the terminal to the first station, and is accessed by accessing the first station.
  • the UE sends the first access information to the first station to access the first station for communication, that is, the UE may send the SR or SRS or ACK or NACK or data to the first station. Communicating by accessing the first site.
  • the acknowledgement and non-acknowledgement specifically, in the prior art HARQ (Hybrid Automatic Repeat Request) or ARQ (Automatic Repeat Request) mechanism, The party sends a data packet, and if the receiver receives it correctly, it feeds back the ACK, and if it is not received correctly, it feeds back the NACK. When the sender receives the NACK, it will retransmit the packet.
  • the ACK or the NACK is not a feedback for the HARQ or ARQ transmission, but an indication signal or may be considered as a special SR, or may be considered as the first SR of the terminal and the associated first station.
  • ACK/ACK is used as an indication signal to indicate that the terminal directly accesses the first station or is used to indicate that the terminal does not need to perform a regular random access procedure but sends ACK/NACK can directly access the first site and start communicating with the first site.
  • the UE receives the first message sent by the second station, where the first configuration information is sent, and the first access information is sent to the first station to access the data according to the first configuration information.
  • the resource needs to be requested from the target base station first, thereby speeding up the access speed between the UE and the target base station, and reducing the letter between the UE and the target base station.
  • the interaction process is performed, thereby reducing the delay of accessing the target base station.
  • an embodiment of a method for accessing a site in an embodiment of the present invention includes: 201. Receive a first message sent by a second station, where the first message includes first configuration information, and the UE receives a second site. And sending the first message, where the first message includes the first configuration information, where the first configuration information includes configuration information of the SR, or configuration information of the SRS, or configuration information for sending data.
  • the configuration information for transmitting data in this embodiment refers to configuration information of data to be transmitted when the UE is to communicate with the second station.
  • the sending, by the first station, the first access information to access the first station for communication specifically: the UE does not initiate random access to the first station, but directly to the first
  • the first station sends the first access information to the first station, that is, the UE directly sends the first access information to the first station to access the first station, that is, the UE
  • the first station sends the first access information instead of performing random access to access the first station.
  • the station if the first access information is a NACK, if the first station receives the NACK on the sending SR resource, and before receiving the NACK, the station does not allocate the feedback ACK/NACK to the terminal. Resource, or the site and the terminal do not have a hybrid automatic repeat request (English: Hybrid Automatic Repeat Request abbreviation: HARQ) or automatic repeat request (English: Automatic Repeat-reQuest, abbreviation: ARQ) transmission, or the site does not have the terminal If there is communication, then when it considers that the NACK is an indication signal or a special SR, it is used to indicate that the terminal directly accesses the first station, indicating that the terminal does not need to perform a regular random access procedure but passes Sending the NACK can directly access the first site and start communicating with the first site.
  • HARQ Hybrid Automatic Repeat Request abbreviation
  • ARQ Automatic Repeat-reQuest, abbreviation: ARQ
  • the UE specifically sends a signal on the resource that sends the SR, for example, sends an SR or an ACK or a NACK, which is not specifically limited in the embodiment of the present invention. It is to be understood that the embodiments of the present invention are merely specific examples, but the content of the technical solutions of the present invention is not limited to the specific examples.
  • the UE transmits the SR by using a single amplitude shift keying (Amplitude Shift Keying, ASK) modulation method.
  • ASK Amplitude Shift Keying
  • the UE does not want to send the SR (for example, the UE does not want to request bandwidth, does not want to be scheduled by the base station, or does not want to directly access the first station in the content of the present invention)
  • the UE is transmitting the SR resource
  • ASK amplitude-shift keying
  • the UE sends an ACK or a NACK by means of Binary Phase Shift Keying (abbreviation: BPSK).
  • BPSK Binary Phase Shift Keying
  • d ( 0 ) is a complex-value symbol.
  • the first station is configured to indicate that the terminal does not need to perform a regular random access procedure, but can directly access the first station by sending the NACK, and starts to communicate with the first station. Similarly, ACK can also be implemented in this way.
  • the UE adopts Quadrature Phase Shift Keying (QPSK) modulation (this modulation mode may be referred to as PUCCH format lb), where the modulation symbol d ( 0 ) is equal to 1, -j, j or -1. Choose one of them
  • QPSK Quadrature Phase Shift Keying
  • the value is transmitted as the first access information on the resource that sends the SR, and the first access information is considered to be a special SR, and is also referred to as an SR that the terminal communicates with the first station. It is used to indicate that the terminal directly accesses the first site, and is used to indicate that the terminal does not need to perform a regular random access procedure, but can directly access the first site by sending the NACK, and starts to communicate with the first site.
  • QPSK Quadrature Phase Shift Keying
  • the terminal sends a signal on the resource that sends the SR, which may be an SR, or an ACK or a NACK, or other signal or symbol.
  • SR which is a special SR.
  • the first SR that the terminal communicates with the first site. It is used to indicate that the terminal directly accesses the first station, and is used to indicate that the terminal does not need to perform a regular random access procedure, but can directly access the first station by transmitting the NACK, and starts to communicate with the first station.
  • a timing advance English: timing advance, abbreviation ⁇
  • the first message may further include first indication information.
  • the second configuration information or the first indication information is used to indicate that the terminal does not initiate random access to the first station, or is used to indicate that the terminal does not initiate random access to the first station, and directly send the
  • the first access information is used to access the first station; or is used to instruct the terminal to directly send the first access information to access the first station; or, to indicate to send the first access
  • the information accesses the first site instead of performing random access.
  • the first configuration information, the second configuration information, and the first indication information in the embodiment are all sent by the first site to the second site.
  • the UE sends an ACK/NACK to the first station on the resource block that sends the SR according to the configuration information of the SR, to access the first station for communication;
  • the UE sends an ACK/NACK to the first station on the resource block that sends the SR.
  • the UE communicates with the first site for the first time.
  • the UE may directly communicate with the first site according to the first message.
  • the UE acquires configuration information that includes the sending data in the first message, where configuration information of the sending data is scheduling resource information allocated by the first station, and receives or sends data to the allocated scheduling resource.
  • configuration information of the sending data is scheduling resource information allocated by the first station, and receives or sends data to the allocated scheduling resource.
  • the first station the UE directly communicates with the first station according to the first message.
  • the first message further includes indication information.
  • the indication information may be used to indicate: user plane switching of the UE, or data radio bearer (abbreviation: DRB) handover, or user plane bearer handover, or user plane from the second site Switching to the first site, or switching the transmission of user plane data from the second site to the first site, or switching the transmission of user data from the third site to the first site, or Establishing a user plane on the first site, or establishing a bearer/DRB/user plane bearer on the first site, or adding a cell for user data transmission, where the cell is the A site of a site.
  • DRB data radio bearer
  • the indication information may also be used to indicate: control plane switching of the UE; or, signaling radio bearer (abbreviation: SRB) switching; or, the control plane is switched from the second station to the first a station; or, the transmission of control plane data is handed over from the second station to the first station; or the transmission of control signaling is handed over from the second station to the first station; or, control signaling The transmission and transmission of part of the user data are switched from the second station to the first station.
  • SRB signaling radio bearer
  • the indication information of the one bit may be used to identify whether the user plane or the control plane needs to be switched. For example, if the value of the indication information is 1, it indicates that the UE is If the value of the indication information is 0, the control plane of the UE is switched. It can be understood that other bit values may be correspondingly marked with the switching between the user plane and the control plane.
  • the first message further includes at least one of the following:
  • the scheduling resource information in the cell 1 of the first station is obtained by the message, so that data can be received or sent to the first station on the scheduling resource.
  • the terminal starts to listen to the data transmission of the cell under the first station to itself, receives the data sent by the first station or starts to send data to the first station.
  • the information of the handover may also be identified by using one bit of indication information:
  • the first station sends the first message to the target user plane station, where the first message includes: 1 bit indication information (the value of the indication information is 1), and the UE control after the handover.
  • 1 bit indication information the value of the indication information is 1
  • the UE control after the handover.
  • the first station sends the first message to the target user plane site, where the first message specifically includes: 1 bit indication information (the value of the indication information is 1) And the site identifier/cell identifier of the control plane station of the UE after handover, and may also include the identifier of the source user plane station.
  • the control plane of the UE is switched, and the first station sends the first message to the target control plane site, where the first message specifically includes: 1 bit indication information (the value of the indication information is 0), and the user plane station of the UE after the handover Site marking/cell marking;
  • the control plane switching of the UE and the switching of the user plane to the different sites/cells the first station sends the first message to the target control plane site, where the first message specifically includes: 1 bit indication information (the value of the indication information is 0)
  • the site identifier/cell identifier of the user plane station of the UE after handover may also include the identifier of the source control plane site.
  • the first message further includes: maintaining configuration information or configuration indication information of the base station with the user plane when the control plane is switched, or maintaining configuration information or indication information of the base station with the control plane when the user plane switches.
  • the configuration information of the SR includes at least one of the following:
  • the time-frequency resource information of the SR the SR configuration index (also referred to as SR-Configindex), and the physical uplink control channel of the SR (English: Physical Uplink Control CHannel, abbreviation: PUCCH)
  • the terminal can calculate the subframes in which the terminal sends the SR through the configuration index of the SR, and the terminal passes the physical uplink control channel resource block index of the SR (SR PUCCH resource index).
  • the resource block information for transmitting the SR on one subframe is obtained.
  • the terminal can obtain which resource block of which subframes to send the SR through the configuration index of the SR and the physical uplink control channel resource block index (SR PUCCH resource index) of the SR.
  • the terminal may obtain an SR transmission periodicity (SR) and an SR subframe offset (SR subframe offset W SET , sr ) through the following table by using an SR configuration index (SR configure index) in the message.
  • SR transmission periodicity SR
  • SR subframe offset W SET , sr SR subframe offset W SET , sr
  • SR configuration index SR configuration index
  • the subframe information of the transmitting SR can be obtained by the SR configuration index (SR configure index) described above.
  • SR configure index SR configuration index
  • Table 1 UE-specific SR periodicity and subframe offset configuration table (UE-specific SR periodicity and subframe offset configuration)
  • the configuration information of the SRS includes:
  • the configuration information of the SRS may be specifically the content in the SRS uplink configuration information unit (Sounding RS-UL-Config Information Element), or may be the Time-frequency resource information of SRS.
  • the SRS uplink configuration information element (Sounding-frequency information information) or the SRS time-frequency resource information may include at least one of the following, that is, the SRS configuration information may be at least one of the following: SRS bandwidth (srs-Bandwidth) ), SRS bandwidth configuration (srs-BandwidthConfig), frequency hopping bandwidth (srs-HoppingBandwidth SRS), frequency domain location (freqDomainPosition), SRS configuration index (srs-Configlndex), period change (cyclicShift), subframe configuration (srs-SubframeConfig) SRS), duration (duration), duration for periodic sounding reference signal transmission (SRS-AntennaPort) is used to indicate the number of antenna ports for transmitting SRS (Indices the number of antenna ports
  • the present invention exemplifies the configuration information of the SRS by using the time-frequency resource information of the SRS or the SoundingRS-UL-Config Information Element.
  • the SRS time-frequency resource information/SRS uplink configuration information unit may include at least one of the following: SRS bandwidth (srs-Bandwidth), SRS bandwidth configuration (srs-BandwidthConfig), and hopping.
  • Frequency bandwidth (srs-HoppingBandwidth SRS), frequency domain location (freqDomainPosition), SRS configuration index (srs-Configlndex), period change (cyclicShift), subframe configuration (srs-SubframeConfig SRS), duration (duration), SRS antenna port (SRS-AntennaPort) and so on. Therefore, the present invention does not - repeat the description.
  • the configuration information may be configured by the UE when adding a secondary cell, and specifically includes at least one of the following:
  • the media intervenes to control the MAC layer configuration information, the packet data convergence protocol PDCP layer configuration information, the radio link control protocol RLC layer configuration information, the physical layer PHY configuration information, the data radio bearer DRB (s) configuration information, the logical channel Configuration information, packet data aggregation protocol serial number PDCP SN.
  • step 201 that is, before the UE receives the first message sent by the second station, Sending, by the second station, a request message to the first station, to request the UE to access the first station, where the first station sends a message confirming access to the second station, where the confirmation is performed.
  • the access message includes configuration information of the first access information
  • the second station sends the first message to the UE according to the acknowledged access message sent by the first station, where the UE And receiving the first message, where the first message includes configuration information of the first access information sent by the first station.
  • the UE communicates with the first site.
  • the UE communicates with the first station, and may be that the UE activates communication with the first station, or the UE directly communicates with the first station.
  • the specific communication method may be one of the following methods;
  • the UE directly communicates with the first station according to the first message sent by the second station, or sends the first access information to the first station, where the first access information is used by the first access information. Communicating with the first site upon request or activation.
  • the first access information is used to request or activate communication with the first site, and the first access information is used for accessing communication with the first site.
  • the UE can obtain downlink synchronization with the first station in the measurement phase, and consider that when the first site is a small cell, the coverage of the first site is relatively small, and the first station can be uplink-synchronized with the UE without considering the TA change. . Therefore, the UE can directly start communicating with the first station, or the UE sends information to the first station, starts communicating with the first station, or activates the UE terminal and the first station to start communication.
  • the UE After receiving the first message sent by the second station, the UE completes the configuration according to the content included in the first message, and starts to communicate with the first station.
  • the UE receives the activation message sent by the first station, and directly communicates with the first station or sends the first access information to the first station according to the received activation message, where the first The access information is used to request or activate communication with the first site.
  • the activation message may be that the first station sends a MAC layer message, such as a MAC CE, to indicate that the terminal communicates with the first station, and the UE starts to communicate with the first station.
  • the activation message may be in the form of an RRC message, a signaling layer of the physical layer, or the like, which is not limited herein.
  • the UE receives the activation message sent by the first station forwarded by the second station, and directly communicates with the first station or sends a first connection to the first station according to the received activation message.
  • the first access information is used to request or activate communication with the first site.
  • the activation message may be that the first station sends a MAC layer message, such as a MAC CE, to indicate that the terminal communicates with the first station, and the UE starts to communicate with the first station.
  • the UE receives the activation message sent by the second station, and directly communicates with the first station or sends the first access information to the first station according to the received activation message, where the first access Information for requesting or activating communication with the first site;
  • the UE sends an RRC connection reconfiguration complete message/handover completion message to the first station according to the bandwidth information or the time-frequency resource information included in the received first message, to the access station. Said the first site. That is, the first message may include time-frequency resource information of the RRC connection reconfiguration complete message/handover completion message sent by the first station, and the UE sends the RRC connection reconfiguration complete message on the time-frequency resource/ Switch the completion message to access the first site.
  • the acknowledgment message may be sent to the second station, where the acknowledgment message may be used to notify the second station that the UE has been
  • the first message completes the configuration or activates the terminal to communicate with the first site.
  • the SRS is a UE-configured SRS.
  • the specific access procedure is: the UE obtains the subframe information of the SR according to the SR configuration index (English: SR-Configlndex) of the configuration information of the first access information, and obtains the subframe information of the SR.
  • the configuration index can calculate in which subframes the UE sends the SR.
  • the configuration information of the first access information may further include a physical uplink control channel resource block index (SR PUCCH resource index) of the SR, and a physical uplink control channel resource block index (SR PUCCH resource index) of the SR is used for Providing PUCCH resource block information for the terminal to send the SR
  • the UE can transmit the SR on the resource block of which PUCCH.
  • the terminal can obtain which of the PUCCH resource blocks on the subframes to send the SR.
  • the manner of sending the SR may also be optimized to send an ACK/NACK: sending an ACK/NACK (English: Acknowledgement/ Negative-Acknowledgment) message on the PUCCH resource block that sends the SR, so that the first station obtains
  • the SR the SR is used to activate communication with a first station, and the SR is a first SR sent to the first station.
  • the UE transmits an ACK/NACK on the resource block that transmits the SR, so that the base station receives the ACK/NACK on the resource block that transmits the SR, and then the base station knows that the terminal is to activate communication with the base station. Since the terminal has not previously communicated with the base station, there will be no HARQ/ARQ related communication, so the terminal should not feed back ACK/NACK to the base station according to the prior art, and the SR should be transmitted according to the prior art. Therefore, the base station receives the ACK/NACK on the resource block that transmits the SR, and considers this mode to be a special mode. The terminal communicates with the base station for the first time, requesting the access station to communicate with the base station.
  • the UE sends an ACK/NACK on the PUCCH resource block of the SR.
  • the UE sends an ACK
  • the first station considers that the SR is obtained for activating communication with the terminal.
  • the SR is the first SR received by the terminal.
  • the first station considers the received ACK as being used to activate communication with the terminal.
  • the UE sends a NACK on the PUCCH resource block that sends the SR to represent the communication used to activate the terminal with the first station.
  • the terminal has not communicated with the base station before, there is no HARQ/ARQ related communication at all.
  • the terminal does not feed back ACK/NACK to the base station, and thus the base station transmits the PUCCH resource block of the SR.
  • the base station Upon receiving the ACK/NACK, it is known that the terminal wishes to access the base station for communication.
  • the configuration information of the first access information may further include the maximum number of sending SRs sent by the terminal:
  • the first station receives the SRS sent by the UE, and considers that the UE reconfiguration succeeds. At the same time, by receiving the SRS, the first station and the terminal are uplink-synchronized to obtain information such as an uplink channel estimation. The first station starts transmitting data with the UE.
  • the first access information sent to the first station is an SR
  • receive information about a bandwidth allocated by the first station according to the SR and send an RRC connection reconfiguration according to the allocated bandwidth.
  • An RRC connection reconfiguration message/handover command message is sent to the first station.
  • the UE receives the first message sent by the second station, where the first configuration is included Transmitting, according to the first configuration information, the first access information to the first station to access data to access the first station for communication, without performing random access first, that is, first
  • the target base station requests the resource. Therefore, the access speed between the UE and the target base station is accelerated, and the signaling interaction process between the UE and the target base station is reduced, thereby reducing the delay of accessing the target base station.
  • the second station sends a UE access request to the first station.
  • the access request is used to request the first station to allow UE access.
  • the first station replies to the UE access request of the second station.
  • the first station confirms that the UE is allowed to access the first site.
  • the first station sends a first message to the UE.
  • the first configuration information is included in the first message.
  • the UE sends an acknowledgement message to the second site.
  • the confirmation message may be used to notify the second station that the UE has completed configuration according to the first message.
  • the UE communicates with the first site.
  • the specific communication manner may be: the UE directly communicates with the first station or sends the first access information to the first station according to the first message sent by the second station, where the first access Information is used to request or activate communication with the first site.
  • the UE may receive the activation message sent by the first station, and directly communicate with the first station or send the first access information to the first station according to the received activation message, where the An access message is used to request or activate communication with the first site.
  • the UE may receive the activation message sent by the first station that is forwarded by the second station, and directly communicate with the first station or send the first access to the first station according to the received activation message.
  • Information, the first access information is used to request or activate communication with the first site.
  • the UE may receive the activation message sent by the second station, and directly communicate with the first station or send the first access information to the first station according to the received activation message, where the first connection
  • the incoming information is used to request or activate communication with the first site.
  • the UE may also use the bandwidth information included in the first message sent by the second station according to the received second station. And the time-frequency resource information, sending an RRC connection reconfiguration complete message/handover completion message to the first station to access the first station.
  • the UE receives information about a bandwidth allocated by the first station according to the SR.
  • the UE receives information about a bandwidth allocated by the first station according to the SR.
  • the UE transmits an RRC Connection Reconfiguration Complete message/Handover Complete message to the first station according to the allocated bandwidth.
  • the above is a method for describing an access site in the embodiment of the present invention from the perspective of the UE side.
  • the method for accessing the site in the embodiment of the present invention is described below from the perspective of the first site. Referring to FIG. 4 .
  • the first site generates a first message for the second site.
  • a first message is generated for the second station, and the first message is sent to the second station, where the first message includes first configuration information, where the first configuration information includes a scheduling request SR
  • the configuration information or the configuration information of the sounding reference signal SRS or the configuration information of the sending data the first configuration information is used by the terminal to send the first access information to the first station to access the first station,
  • the access speed between the UE and the target base station is accelerated, and the signaling interaction process between the UE and the target base station is reduced, thereby reducing the access target base station. Delay.
  • another embodiment of a method for accessing a site in an embodiment of the present invention includes: 501: Receive a second message sent by a second station, where the second message is used to switch a terminal or Adding at least one cell to the terminal;
  • the cell added for the terminal may be a cell used for data transmission with the UE.
  • Switching the terminal includes: switching the user plane of the terminal, or switching the control plane, or switching the control plane and the user plane to different sites respectively;
  • the user plane switching includes:
  • the user plane switching of the terminal, the DRB switching of the terminal, or the user plane bearer switching of the terminal, or the user plane of the terminal is switched from the second site to the first site local, or Transmitting the user plane data of the terminal from the second station to the first station local, or transferring the user data of the terminal from the third station to the first station, or Establishing a user plane of the terminal at the first site, or establishing a bearer/DRB/user plane bearer of the terminal at the first site, or adding a data transmission for the terminal user for the terminal a cell, where the cell is a cell of the first site.
  • the control plane switching includes:
  • the control plane of the terminal is switched, or the SRB of the terminal is switched, or the control plane of the terminal is switched from the second station to the first station, or the control plane data of the terminal is transmitted. Switching from the second station to the first station, or the transmission of control signaling of the terminal is switched from the second station to the first station, or the transmission of control signaling of the terminal And transmission of part of the user data is switched from the second site to the first site.
  • the configuration information of the first access information includes at least one of the following:
  • the time-frequency resource information of the SR, the configuration index of the SR, the physical uplink control channel resource block index of the SR, the time-frequency resource information of the SRS, or the SRS uplink configuration information element (SoundingRS- UL-Config Information Element ).
  • the first configuration information is used by the terminal to send the first access information to the first station to access the first site, where the first access information is the SR or the SRS Or ACK or NACK or data;
  • the first configuration information is used by the UE not to initiate random access to the first station, but directly sending the first access information to the first station to access the The first station; or the UE directly sends the first access information to the first station to access the first station; or the UE sends the first connection to the first station Incoming information replaces the UE to perform random access to access the first station, thereby saving the access delay of the UE.
  • the first message may further include first indication information.
  • the second configuration information or the first indication information is used to indicate that the terminal does not initiate random access to the first station, or is used to indicate that the terminal does not initiate random access to the first station, and directly send the
  • the first access information is used to access the first station; or is used to instruct the terminal to directly send the first access information to access the first station; or, to indicate to send the first access
  • the information accesses the first site instead of performing random access.
  • the first configuration information, the second configuration information, and the first indication information in the embodiment are all sent by the first site to the second site.
  • the first message further includes: the time-frequency resource information that is sent by the terminal to the RRC connection reconfiguration complete message/handover completion message, and the RRC connection reconfiguration sent by the terminal is received on the time-frequency resource.
  • a message/handover completion message is completed to begin communicating with the terminal.
  • the first station After transmitting the second message to the second station, the first station establishes a data transmission channel with the second station, and may also perform data transmission after establishing the data transmission channel.
  • the specific activation method can be one of the following ways:
  • Receiving data of the terminal starting to communicate with the terminal, or receiving the terminal to send first access information, where the first access information is used to request or activate communication with the terminal.
  • the first station receives the first access information sent by the terminal, if the first access information is an SR, the receiving information in the configuration information of the first access information is allocated to the terminal.
  • the terminal sends an RRC reconfiguration complete message/handover completion message.
  • the terminal Before receiving the ACK/NACK sent by the terminal on the resource block of the SR, the terminal is not allocated resources for feeding back ACK/NACK; or the receiving the resource of the terminal in the SR Before the ACK/NACK sent on the block, the ARQ/HARQ communication is not performed with the terminal; or the ACK/NACK is sent to the first station on the resource block that sends the SR, and the first The site communicates for the first time.
  • the SR is the first SR sent by the terminal. Or the first station considers this to be an ACK/NACK received for activating communication with the terminal.
  • the terminal because the terminal has not communicated with the base station before, there is no HARQ/ARQ related communication at all. Therefore, according to the prior art, the terminal does not feed back ACK/NACK to the base station, and thus the base station transmits the PUCCH resource block of the SR.
  • the terminal Upon receiving the ACK/NACK, it is known that the terminal wishes to access the base station for communication.
  • the first station after receiving the notification message that the UE sent by the second station completes the configuration, or after the communication with the UE is activated, the first station sends a first indication message to the third station, where the first indication message is sent. And used to instruct the third station to stop communication with the UE.
  • the first station sends a second indication message to the third station, where the second indication message is used to indicate that the third station releases the resource reserved for the terminal, or the terminal configuration information, or the Terminal context information.
  • the first station sends a third indication message to the third station, where the third indication message is used to indicate that the third station continues to communicate with the terminal.
  • the first station receives the second message sent by the second station, where the second message is used to switch the terminal or add at least one cell for data transmission to the terminal, and the first station sends the first message.
  • a message to the second station where the first message includes first configuration information, where the first configuration information includes configuration information of a scheduling request SR or configuration information of a sounding reference signal SRS or configuration information of sending data.
  • the first configuration information is used by the terminal to send the first access information to the first station to access the first station, and does not need to perform random access first, that is, the resource needs to be requested from the target base station first, so
  • the access speed between the UE and the target base station is reduced, and the signaling interaction process between the UE and the target base station is reduced, thereby reducing the delay of accessing the target base station.
  • the first station receives a second message sent by the second station.
  • the second message is used to request to switch the user plane of the UE, or control plane switching, or switch the control plane and the user plane to different sites respectively, or add at least one cell for data transmission to the terminal.
  • the first station sends a first message to the second site.
  • the first message is used to reply to the second message, where the first message includes first configuration information, where the first configuration information includes configuration information of the scheduling request SR or configuration information of the sounding reference signal SRS or configuration of the sending data.
  • the first configuration information is used by the terminal to send first access information to the first station to access the first station, where the first access information is the SR or the SRS or ACK or NACK or data.
  • the first station establishes a data transmission channel with the second station.
  • the first station receives a third message sent by the second station.
  • the third message is used to notify the terminal to complete the configuration and/or to notify the start of communication with the terminal.
  • the first station activates communication with the UE.
  • the specific activation mode may be: receiving data sent by the UE, starting to communicate with the terminal, or receiving the UE to send the first access information, where the first access information is used to request or activate communication with the UE; Sending a message to the second site, such that the second site sends a second Activating a message to the terminal for requesting or activating communication with the terminal; receiving data of the terminal, starting to communicate with the terminal, or receiving the terminal to send first access information, the first access information Used to request or activate communication with the terminal.
  • the device may receive the data of the terminal, start to communicate with the terminal, or receive the first access information, where the first access information is used to request or activate communication with the terminal, or Sending an activation message to the terminal to request or activate communication with the terminal.
  • the first station sends a first indication message to the third station.
  • the first indication message is used to indicate that the third station stops communication with the UE.
  • the first station sends a second indication message to the third station.
  • the second indication message is used to indicate that the third station releases the resource reserved for the terminal, or the terminal configuration information, or the terminal context information.
  • the first station sends a third indication message to the third station.
  • the third indication message is used to indicate that the third station continues to communicate with the terminal.
  • the first site and the second site may specifically be base stations, and may be one of the following: Macro eNB (macro base station) ), Micro eNB (Pico base station), Pico eNB (micro base station), HeNB (Home Base Station), Small Cell eNB (small cell base station), and relay station (relay station) or may also be a node having a scheduling function.
  • the first site or the second site may in turn be called a wireless communication node or a wireless communication site.
  • the method for describing an access site in the embodiment of the present invention is described above on the first site side.
  • the method for accessing the site in the embodiment of the present invention is described below from the perspective of the second site. Referring to FIG.
  • the first message sent by the first station is received, where the first message includes first configuration information, where the first configuration information includes configuration information of a scheduling request SR or a sounding reference signal SRS or configuration information of sending data.
  • the second station receives the first message sent by the first station, where the first message includes first configuration information, where the first configuration information includes configuration information of the scheduling request SR or the sounding reference signal SRS or configuration information of the sending data.
  • the configuration information of the sending data refers to that the UE is to be associated with the second station.
  • the first station performs communication, and the first access information is the SR or the SRS or ACK or NACK or data.
  • the second station sends a second message to the terminal, where the second message includes the first configuration information, where the first configuration information is used by the terminal to send the first access information to the first station.
  • the first access information is the SR or the SRS or ACK or NACK or data.
  • the second station sends a second message to the terminal, where the second message includes the first configuration information, where the first configuration information is used by the terminal to send the first station to the first station.
  • An access information is used to access the first station for communication, where the first access information is the SR or the SRS or ACK or NACK or data, so that the UE can access the according to the first configuration information.
  • the first station performs communication, and does not need to perform random access first, that is, the resource needs to be requested from the target base station first, thereby speeding up the access speed between the UE and the target base station, and reducing the signaling interaction process between the UE and the target base station, thereby Reduce the delay of accessing the target base station.
  • another embodiment of a method for accessing a site in an embodiment of the present invention includes: 801.
  • a second site sends a third message to a first site, where the third message is used to request a user plane of the terminal.
  • the user plane switching of the terminal, or the DRB switching of the terminal, or the user plane bearer switching of the terminal, or the user plane of the terminal is switched from the second site to the second site to the a first site, or the transmission of the user plane data of the terminal is locally switched from the second site to the first site, or the transmission of user data of the terminal is switched from the third site to the
  • the first site, or the user plane of the terminal is established on the first site, or the bearer/DRB/user plane bearer of the terminal is established on the first site, or is added to the terminal a cell used for the data transmission of the terminal user, where the cell is a cell of the first site.
  • the control plane switching includes: The control plane of the terminal is switched, or the SRB of the terminal is switched, or the control plane of the terminal is switched from the second station to the first station, or the control plane data of the terminal is transmitted. Switching from the second station to the first station, or the transmission of control signaling of the terminal is switched from the second station to the first station, or the transmission of control signaling of the terminal And transmission of part of the user data is switched from the second site to the first site.
  • the configuration information of the first access information includes at least one of the following:
  • the time-frequency resource information of the SR the configuration index of the SR (SR CONFIGURE INDEX), the physical uplink control channel resource block index (SR PUCCH resource index) of the SR, the time-frequency resource information of the SRS, The SRS uplink configuration information element.
  • the configuration information of the first access information may further include at least one of the following: configuration information of a medium access control MAC layer, configuration information of a packet data convergence protocol PDCP layer, and configuration of a radio link control protocol RLC layer Information, configuration information of the physical layer PHY, configuration information of the data radio bearer DRB (s), configuration information of the logical channel, packet data convergence protocol sequence number PDCP SN.
  • the first message sent by the first station is received, where the first message includes first configuration information, where the first configuration information includes configuration information of a scheduling request SR or a sounding reference signal SRS or configuration information of sending data.
  • the second station receives the first message sent by the first station, where the first message includes first configuration information, where the first configuration information includes configuration information of the scheduling request SR or the sounding reference signal SRS or configuration information of the sending data.
  • the configuration information of the transmission data refers to configuration information of data that is sent when the UE is to communicate with the second site.
  • the first configuration information is used by the terminal to send first access information to the first station to access the first station for communication, so that the terminal does not initiate random access to the first station, Transmitting the first access information directly to the first site to access the first site; or
  • the first message may further include second configuration information, where the second configuration information is a value of a timing advance (English: timing advance, abbreviated ⁇ ) of the UE and the first station.
  • TA 0.
  • the first message may further include first indication information.
  • the second configuration information or the first indication information is used to indicate that the terminal does not initiate random access to the first station, or is used to indicate that the terminal does not initiate random access to the first station, and directly send the
  • the first access information is used to access the first station; or is used to instruct the terminal to directly send the first access information to access the first station; or, to indicate to send the first access
  • the information accesses the first site instead of performing random access.
  • the first configuration information, the second configuration information, and the first indication information in the embodiment are all sent by the first site to the second site.
  • the first message further includes at least one of the following:
  • the base station identifier of the source user plane base station of the terminal, the cell identifier of the source user plane base station of the terminal, the identifier of the source control plane base station of the terminal, the cell identifier of the source control plane base station of the terminal, the terminal The indication of the target base station that performs handover and the target cell indication that the terminal performs handover.
  • first message may further include:
  • the terminal maintains the indication information of the configuration with the user plane base station when the control plane is switched, or the indication information of the configuration of the control plane base station is maintained when the terminal switches at the user plane.
  • the first station After receiving the first message sent by the first station, the first station agrees that the UE accesses, and sends a first indication message to the third station, where the first indication message is used. Instructing the third station to stop communication with the terminal, the user plane and/or control plane of the UE is at the third station.
  • the second station may also establish a data transmission channel with the first station, or establish a data transmission channel with the first station, and send data of the terminal to the first Site.
  • the second station receives a fourth message of the terminal, where the fourth message is used to notify the terminal to complete Configuration.
  • the second station may activate communication between the UE and the first station, and the specific activation manner may be one of the following manners:
  • a second indication message is sent to the third station, where the second indication message is used to indicate that the third station is released as a A reserved resource of the terminal, or configuration information of the terminal, or context information of the terminal.
  • the third indication message is sent to the third station, where the third indication message is used to indicate that the third station continues to communicate with the terminal.
  • FIG. 1 For the content of the embodiment shown in FIG. 1, FIG. 2, FIG. 4, and FIG. 5, refer to the description in the related embodiments, and details are not described herein again.
  • the second station receives the configuration information of the first access information that is sent by the first station, where the configuration information of the first access information is used by the terminal to send the first access to the first station.
  • the information is used to access the first station, so that the UE can access the first station to perform communication according to the SR or the SRS, without first performing random access, that is, first requesting resources from the target base station, thereby speeding up
  • the access speed between the UE and the target base station reduces the signaling interaction process between the UE and the target base station, The delay of accessing the target base station.
  • the second station sends a third message to the first site.
  • the third message is used to request that the user plane of the terminal be switched, or the control plane is switched, or the control plane and the user plane are respectively switched to different sites.
  • the second station receives the first message sent by the first station.
  • the first message includes first configuration information, where the first configuration information includes configuration information of a scheduling request SR or a sounding reference signal SRS or configuration information of the transmitted data.
  • the second station sends a first indication message to the third station.
  • the first indication message is used to indicate that the third station stops communication with the terminal, and the user plane and/or control plane of the UE is at the third station.
  • the second station establishes a data transmission channel with the first station.
  • the second site may further perform data transfer with the second site.
  • the second station sends a second message to the UE.
  • the second message includes the first configuration information, where the first configuration information is used by the terminal to send first access information to the first station to access the first station for communication, where the One access
  • the second station receives a fourth message sent by the UE.
  • the fourth message is used to notify the UE to complete the configuration.
  • the second station sends a fifth message to the first site.
  • the fifth message is used to notify the first station that the UE completes configuration, and/or to notify the first station to communicate with the UE.
  • the second site activates communication between the UE and the first site.
  • the second station may activate communication between the UE and the first station, and the specific activation manner may be one of the following manners:
  • the first access information is used to request or activate communication with the first site; (2) sending an activation message to the UE, instructing the UE to directly communicate with the first station or instructing the UE to send first access information to the first station, where the first access information is used for requesting Or activation to communicate with the first site;
  • the second station sends a second indication message to the third station.
  • the second indication message is used to indicate that the third station releases the reserved resource for the UE, or the configuration information of the UE, or the context information of the UE.
  • the second station sends a third indication message to the third station.
  • the third indication message is used to indicate that the third station continues to communicate with the UE.
  • an embodiment of the terminal in the embodiment of the present invention includes:
  • the receiving unit 1001 is configured to receive a first message sent by the second station, where the first message includes first configuration information, where the first configuration information includes configuration information of the scheduling request SR or configuration information of the sounding reference signal SRS or sent Configuration information for the data;
  • the sending unit 1002 is configured to send, according to the first configuration information, first access information to the first station to access the first station for communication, where the first access information is the SR or the SRS Or ACK or NACK or data.
  • the sending unit 1002 is configured to not initiate random access to the first station, but directly send the first access information to the first station to access the first station; or
  • the second configuration information or the first indication information
  • the sending unit 1002 is configured to send, according to the configuration information of the SR, an ACK/NACK to the first station on a resource block that sends the SR, to access the first station for communication; or And sending, according to the configuration information of the SR, an ACK/NACK to the first station on a resource block that sends the SR, so that the first station acquires the SR according to the ACK/NACK.
  • terminal in the embodiment of the present invention may further include:
  • the communication unit 1003 is configured to directly communicate with the first station according to the first message, where the acquiring unit 1004 is configured to acquire configuration information that includes the sending data in the first message, where the configuration information of the sending data is Scheduling resource information allocated by the first station, and receiving or transmitting data to the first station on the allocated scheduling resource.
  • the communication unit 1002 is further configured to directly communicate with the first station according to the received activation message sent by the first station;
  • the communication unit 1002 is further configured to send the first access information to the first station to access the first station for communication; or
  • the receiving unit 1001 is further configured to: if the first access information sent to the first station is an SR, receive information about a bandwidth allocated by the first station according to the SR;
  • the sending unit 1002 is further configured to send an RRC reconfiguration complete message/handover completion message to the first station according to the allocated bandwidth.
  • Time-frequency resource information (SR resource ) of the SR a configuration index of the SR, or a physical uplink control channel PUCCH resource block index of the SR;
  • the configuration information of the SRS includes: time-frequency resource information of the SRS.
  • the obtaining unit 1004 is further configured to: obtain, according to the SR configuration index, the subframe information that is used to send the SR, and further, to obtain, according to the resource block index of the SR, the resource block information that sends the SR;
  • the sending unit 1002 is further configured to send the SR or ACK or NACK to the first station on a resource block of the subframe.
  • the sending unit 1002 is further configured to send an ACK/NACK on the PUCCH resource block that sends the SR, so that the first station obtains the SR, and accesses the first station to perform communication, where the SR is The first SR sent to the first site.
  • the sending unit 1002 is further configured to send the RRC connection reconfiguration complete message/handover completion message on the time-frequency resource to access the first station.
  • the first message in the embodiment of the present invention further includes: indication information, where the indication information is used to refer to Show user plane switching; or,
  • the indication information is used to indicate control plane switching;
  • the transmission of control signaling and the transmission of part of the user data are switched from the second station to the first station.
  • the first message further includes at least one of the following: the identifier information of the first site, the cell identifier information of the first site, the carrier information of the first site, and the first site Carrier information of the cell and scheduling resource information allocated by the first station;
  • the first message further includes: maintaining configuration information or configuration indication information of the base station with the user plane when the control plane is switched, or maintaining configuration information or indication information of the base station with the control plane when the user plane switches;
  • the first message further includes at least one of the following: media intervention control MAC layer configuration information, packet data convergence protocol PDCP layer configuration information, radio link control protocol RLC layer configuration information, physical layer PHY configuration information, data Radio bearer configuration information of DRB ( s ), configuration information of logical channel, packet data convergence protocol sequence number PDCP SN.
  • the UE receives the first message sent by the second station, where the first configuration information is sent, and the first access information is sent to the first station to access the data according to the first configuration information.
  • the resource needs to be requested from the target base station first, thereby speeding up the access speed between the UE and the target base station, and reducing the letter between the UE and the target base station.
  • the interaction process is performed, thereby reducing the delay of accessing the target base station.
  • an embodiment of the present invention further provides a site, including:
  • a generating unit 1101, configured to generate a first message for the second site
  • the sending message unit 1102 is configured to send a first message to the second station, where the first message includes first configuration information, where the first configuration information includes configuration information of a scheduling request SR or a configuration of a sounding reference signal SRS Information or configuration information of the transmission data, the first configuration information is used by the terminal to send the first access information to the first site to access the first site, where the first connection, the first a configuration information, where the terminal does not initiate random access to the first site, but directly sends the first access information to the first site to access the first site; or, Transmitting, by the terminal, the first access information to the first site to access the first site; or
  • the terminal sends the first access information to the first station instead of performing random access to access the first station.
  • the second configuration information or the first indication information is used to indicate that the terminal does not initiate random access to the first site, or
  • the receiving message unit 1103 is configured to receive a second message sent by the second station, where the second message is used to switch the terminal or add at least one cell to the terminal.
  • the receiving message unit 1103 is further configured to receive a third message sent by the second station, where the third message is used to notify the terminal to complete configuration and/or to notify that communication starts with the terminal.
  • the receiving message unit 1103 is further configured to receive data sent by the terminal, and start to communicate with the terminal;
  • the method further includes receiving, by the terminal, the first access information, where the first access information is used to request or activate communication with the terminal.
  • the receiving message unit 1103 is further configured to receive an activation message sent by the second station, where the activation message is used to request or activate communication with the terminal;
  • the sending message unit 1102 is further configured to send an activation message to the terminal to request or activate communication with the terminal;
  • the receiving message unit 1103 is further configured to receive data of the terminal, start to communicate with the terminal, or receive the first access information by the terminal, where the first access information is used for access by the terminal. Communication.
  • the receiving message unit 1103 is further configured to receive the first access information sent by the terminal; or receive the first access information sent by the terminal;
  • the configuration information of the first access information includes a bandwidth allocated for the terminal, and the allocated bandwidth is used by the terminal to send an RRC reconfiguration complete message/ And completing a handover completion message, and receiving, by the terminal, the RRC reconfiguration complete message/handover completion message on the allocated bandwidth.
  • the receiving message unit 1103 is further configured to receive, by the terminal, send on a resource block of the SR AC ACK.
  • the receiving message unit 1103 is further configured to: receive, by the terminal, an ACK/NACK on a resource block of the SR, and acquire the SR according to the ACK/NACK, so that the terminal accesses to communicate.
  • the sending message unit 1102 is further configured to send on a PUCCH resource block that sends the SR.
  • the SR is to receive the first SR sent by the terminal.
  • the time-frequency resource information of the SR, the configuration index of the SR, or the physical uplink control channel PUCCH resource block index of the SR, the time-frequency resource information of the SRS, and the SRS uplink configuration information element is not limited.
  • the terminal sends time-frequency resource information of the RRC connection reconfiguration complete message/handover completion message.
  • the receiving message unit 1103 is further configured to receive, by using the time-frequency resource, the RRC connection reconfiguration complete message/handover completion message sent by the terminal, to start communicating with the terminal.
  • the receiving message unit 1103 is further configured to receive a third message sent by the second station, where the third message is used to notify the terminal to complete configuration and/or notify to start communicating with the terminal.
  • the first access information in the embodiment is used by the terminal to perform communication, and the method includes: the first access information used to request or activate communication with the terminal.
  • the acquiring information unit 1104 is configured to acquire the SR according to the ACK/NACK, for requesting or activating communication with the terminal;
  • the establishing unit 1105 is configured to establish a data transmission channel with the second station.
  • the sending message unit 1102 is further configured to send a first indication message to the third station, where the first indication message is used to instruct the third station to stop communication with the terminal.
  • the receiving message unit 1103 is further configured to receive a second indication message sent by the second station, where the second indication message is used to indicate that the third station releases resources reserved for the terminal, or Terminal configuration information, or the terminal context information.
  • the receiving message unit 1103 is further configured to receive a third indication message sent by the second station, where the third indication message is used to indicate that the third station continues to communicate with the terminal;
  • the receiving message unit 1103 is further configured to receive data of the terminal forwarded by the second station.
  • Switch the user plane of the terminal or switch the control plane, or switch between the control plane and the user plane to different sites.
  • the user plane switching includes:
  • the user plane of the terminal is switched from the second site to the local; or
  • the control plane switching includes:
  • control plane of the terminal is switched from the second station to the first station; or the transmission of control plane data of the terminal is switched from the second station to the first station; or
  • the first message is generated for the second station and sent to the second station, where the first message includes first configuration information, where the first configuration information includes configuration information or detection of the scheduling request SR.
  • the configuration information of the reference signal SRS or the configuration information of the transmission data, where the first configuration information is used by the terminal to send the first access information to the first station to access the first station, without performing random connection first In this case, the resource needs to be requested from the target base station first. Therefore, the access speed between the UE and the target base station is accelerated, and the signaling interaction process between the UE and the target base station is reduced, thereby reducing the delay of accessing the target base station.
  • an embodiment of the present invention further provides a site, including:
  • the receiving information unit 1201 is configured to receive a first message sent by the first station, where the first message includes first configuration information, where the first configuration information includes configuration information of a scheduling request SR or a sounding reference signal SRS or a data sending Configuration information;
  • the sending information unit 1202 is configured to send a second message to the terminal, where the second message includes the first configuration information, where the first configuration information is used by the terminal to send a first connection to the first station.
  • the first configuration information is used by the terminal to send first access information to the first station to access the first station for communication, so that the terminal does not initiate random connection to the first station. And directly transmitting the first access information to the first station to access the first station; or directly sending the first access information to the first station to access the first Or a first station; or sending the first access information to the first station instead of performing random access to access the first station.
  • the second configuration information or the first indication information Used to indicate that random access is not initiated to the first site, or
  • the sending information unit 1202 is further configured to send a third message to the first station, where the third message is used to request that the user plane of the terminal is switched, or the control plane is switched, or the control plane and the user plane are respectively switched to different sites. .
  • the user plane switching includes:
  • the user plane of the terminal is switched from the local second site to the first site; or the transmission of the user plane data of the terminal is locally switched from the second site to the first site; or
  • the transmission of the user data of the terminal is switched from the third site to the first site; or the user plane of the terminal is established on the first site; or
  • the control plane switching includes:
  • control plane of the terminal is switched from the second station to the first station; or the transmission of control plane data of the terminal is switched from the second station to the first station; or
  • the time-frequency resource information of the SR the configuration index of the SR (SR CONFIGURE INDEX), the physical uplink control channel resource block index (SR PUCCH resource index) of the SR, the time-frequency resource information of the SRS, The SRS uplink configuration information element.
  • the sending information unit 1202 is further configured to receive a fourth message of the terminal, where the fourth message is used to notify the terminal to complete configuration.
  • the sending information unit 1202 is further configured to send a fifth message to the first station, where the fifth message is used to notify the first station that the terminal completes configuration, and/or notify the first station and the Terminal communication.
  • the receiving information unit 1201 is further configured to receive an activation message sent by the first station, where the activation message sent by the first station is used to indicate that the terminal directly communicates with the first station or indicates that the terminal is located Transmitting, by the first station, first access information, where the first access information is used to request or activate communication with the first station;
  • the sending information unit 1202 is further configured to send an activation message to the terminal, to indicate that the terminal directly communicates with the first station, or that the terminal sends the first access information to the first station, where Decoding the first access information for requesting or activating communication with the first site;
  • the sending information unit 1202 is further configured to send an activation message to the terminal and the first station, to notify the terminal to communicate with the first station;
  • the sending information unit 1202 is further configured to send, to the terminal, the time-frequency resource information of the RRC connection reconfiguration complete message/handover completion message sent by the terminal included in the received first message to the first station. .
  • the base station of the source user plane base station of the terminal, and the cell mark of the source user plane base station of the terminal The indication of the source control plane base station of the terminal, the cell identifier of the source control plane base station of the terminal, the identifier of the target base station that the terminal performs handover, and the target cell identifier of the handover of the terminal.
  • the terminal maintains the indication information of the configuration with the user plane base station when the control plane is switched, or the indication information of the configuration of the control plane base station is maintained when the terminal switches at the user plane.
  • the configuration information of the first access information includes at least one of the following:
  • Media access control MAC layer configuration information packet data convergence protocol PDCP layer configuration information, radio link control protocol RLC layer configuration information, physical layer PHY configuration information, data radio bearer DRB (s) configuration information, logic Channel configuration information, packet data convergence protocol sequence number PDCP SN.
  • the sending information unit 1202 is further configured to send a first indication message to the third station, where the first indication message is used to instruct the third station to stop communication with the terminal.
  • the site may further include:
  • the establishing channel unit 1203 is configured to establish a data transmission channel with the first station, where the sending message unit is further configured to send data of the terminal to the first station.
  • the sending information unit 1202 is further configured to send a second indication message to the third station, where the second indication message is used to indicate that the third station releases the reserved resource for the terminal, or Configuration information of the terminal, or context information of the terminal.
  • the sending information unit 1202 is further configured to send a third indication message to the third station, where the third indication message is used to indicate that the third station continues to communicate with the terminal.
  • the second message sent by the second station is received, where the second message is used to switch the terminal or add at least one cell for data transmission to the terminal, and the first station sends the first message to The first site
  • the first message includes first configuration information, where the first configuration information includes configuration information of a scheduling request SR or configuration information of a sounding reference signal SRS or configuration information of sending data
  • the first The configuration information is used by the terminal to send the first to the first station Accessing the information to access the first station, without first performing random access, that is, first requesting resources from the target base station, thereby speeding up the access speed between the UE and the target base station, and reducing the connection between the UE and the target base station. Signaling interaction process, thereby reducing the delay of accessing the target base station.
  • an embodiment of the present invention further provides a system for accessing a website, including: a terminal, 1301, a first station 1302, and a second station 1303;
  • the terminal 1301 is configured to receive a first message sent by the second station, where the first message includes first configuration information, where the first configuration information includes configuration information of a scheduling request SR or a configuration of a sounding reference signal SRS. Information or configuration information for transmitting data; transmitting, according to the first configuration information, first access information to the first station to access the first station for communication, where the first station is connected to the first station 1302, And a first message is sent to the second station, where the first message includes the first configuration information, where the first configuration information includes configuration information or a probe reference of the scheduling request SR.
  • the information is the SR or the SRS or ACK or NACK or the data
  • the second station 1303 is configured to receive a first message sent by the first station, where the first message includes first configuration information, where the first configuration information includes configuration information of the scheduling request SR or the sounding reference signal SRS or is sent.
  • Sending a second message to the terminal the second message includes the first configuration information, where the first configuration information is used by the terminal to send the first access information to the first station Communicating by accessing the first station, the first access information is the SR or the SRS or ACK or NACK or the data.
  • the instructions are stored in a computer readable storage medium, which may be a read only memory, a magnetic disk or an optical disk, or the like.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)

Abstract

Disclosed are a method, device and system for accessing stations. The method in the embodiments of the present invention comprises: receiving a first message sent by a second station, the first message containing first configuration information, the first configuration information containing configuration information about a scheduling request (SR), or configuration information about a sounding reference signal (SRS), or configuration information used for sending data; and according to the first configuration information, sending first access information to a first station so as to access the first station to perform communication, the first access information being the SR or the SRS, or ACK or NACK, or the data.

Description

一种接入站点的方法、 装置及系统  Method, device and system for accessing site
本申请要求于 2012 年 12 月 27 日提交中国专利局、 申请号为 201210579202.7、 发明名称为 "一种接入站点的方法、 装置及系统" 的中国专 利申请的优先权, 其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。 技术领域  This application claims priority to Chinese Patent Application No. 201210579202.7, entitled "A Method, Apparatus and System for Accessing Sites", filed on December 27, 2012, the entire contents of which are incorporated by reference. In this application. Technical field
本发明涉及通信技术领域, 尤其涉及一种接入站点的方法、 装置及系统。 背景技术  The present invention relates to the field of communications technologies, and in particular, to a method, device, and system for accessing a site. Background technique
随着移动通信系统的发展,通信系统能够提供的传输速率和服务质量越来 越高, 用户业务也对通信系统的传输速率提出了越来越高的要求。 第三代合作 伙伴计划 ( 3rd Generation Partnership Project, 3GPP ) 引入了载波聚合 ( CA, Carrier Aggregation )技术, 使得在不大幅增加系统带宽的情况下, 保证了终端 ( User Equipment, UE ) 的传输速率, 同时为 UE提供更高的吞吐量。 其中小 小区和宏网络同时部署是其中一个重要场景,在这种场景下, 小小区可以和宏 基站一同为 UE提供服务。 With the development of mobile communication systems, the transmission rate and service quality that communication systems can provide are getting higher and higher, and user services are also placing higher and higher requirements on the transmission rate of communication systems. Third Generation Partnership Project (3 rd Generation Partnership Project, 3GPP ) introduces a carrier aggregation (CA, Carrier Aggregation) technology, so that without a substantial increase in system bandwidth, guaranteed transmission rate terminal (User Equipment, UE) of At the same time, it provides higher throughput for the UE. The simultaneous deployment of the small cell and the macro network is one of the important scenarios. In this scenario, the small cell can provide services for the UE together with the macro base station.
现有技术中, UE在接入站点时, 需要向基站发送 Preamble (前导码), 如 果 preamble能够被基站正确接收后, 基站向所述 UE发送回复消息 (例如 RA-Response 随机接入回复消息 ) , UE接收到后发送消息 (调度传输消息) 给基站, 基站到终端的回复后, 向终端回复消息 (反馈竟争解决消息)。  In the prior art, the UE needs to send a Preamble (preamble) to the base station when the UE accesses the station. If the preamble can be correctly received by the base station, the base station sends a reply message (for example, an RA-Response random access reply message) to the UE. After receiving the message, the UE sends a message (scheduling the transmission message) to the base station, and after replying from the base station to the terminal, the UE replies with a message (feedback content resolution message).
在以上现有技术中, 随机接入过程需要基站和终端进行多次交互, 因此现 有技术切换过程或者接入过程中, UE接入站点这种传统的接入过程是有一定 的时延。 发明内容  In the above prior art, the random access procedure requires the base station and the terminal to perform multiple interactions. Therefore, in the existing technology handover process or the access process, the traditional access process of the UE accessing the site has a certain delay. Summary of the invention
本发明实施例提供了一种接入站点的方法、 装置及系统, 用以加快 UE接 入站点的速度, 减小接入时延。  The embodiment of the invention provides a method, a device and a system for accessing a site, which are used to speed up the access of the UE to the site and reduce the access delay.
本发明实施例提供的一种接入站点的方法, 包括:  A method for accessing a site according to an embodiment of the present invention includes:
接收第二站点发送的第一消息, 所述第一消息包含第一配置信息, 所述第 一配置信息包含调度请求 SR的配置信息或者探测参考信号 SRS的配置信息或 者发送数据用的配置信息; Receiving a first message sent by the second station, where the first message includes first configuration information, where A configuration information includes configuration information of a scheduling request SR or configuration information of a sounding reference signal SRS or configuration information for transmitting data;
根据所述第一配置信息,向第一站点发送第一接入信息以接入所述第一站 点进行通信,所述第一接入信息是所述 SR或者所述 SRS或者 ACK或者 NACK或 者所述数据。  Transmitting, according to the first configuration information, first access information to the first station to access the first station for communication, where the first access information is the SR or the SRS or an ACK or a NACK or a Data.
本发明实施例提供的一种接入站点的方法, 包括:  A method for accessing a site according to an embodiment of the present invention includes:
为第二站点生成第一消息;  Generating a first message for the second site;
发送第一消息给所述第二站点, 所述第一消息包含第一配置信息, 其中所 述第一配置信息包含调度请求 SR的配置信息或者探测参考信号 SRS的配置信 息或者发送数据的配置信息,所述第一配置信息用于所述终端向所述第一站点 发送第一接入信息以接入所述第一站点, 所述第一接入信息是所述 SR或者所 述 SRS或者 ACK或者 NACK或者所述数据。  Sending a first message to the second station, where the first message includes first configuration information, where the first configuration information includes configuration information of a scheduling request SR or configuration information of a sounding reference signal SRS or configuration information of sending data. The first configuration information is used by the terminal to send first access information to the first station to access the first station, where the first access information is the SR or the SRS or ACK Or NACK or the data.
本发明实施例提供的一种接入站点的方法, 包括:  A method for accessing a site according to an embodiment of the present invention includes:
接收第一站点发送的第一消息, 所述第一消息包含第一配置信息, 所述第 一配置信息包含调度请求 SR或者探测参考信号 SRS的配置信息或者发送数据 的配置信息;  And receiving, by the first station, the first message, where the first message includes the first configuration information, where the first configuration information includes configuration information of the scheduling request SR or the sounding reference signal SRS or configuration information of the sending data;
发送第二消息给所述终端, 所述第二消息包含所述第一配置信息, 所述第 一配置信息用于所述终端向所述第一站点发送第一接入信息以接入所述第一 站点进行通信,所述第一接入信息是所述 SR或者所述 SRS或者 ACK或者 NACK 或者所述数据。  Sending a second message to the terminal, where the second message includes the first configuration information, where the first configuration information is used by the terminal to send first access information to the first station to access the The first station communicates, the first access information being the SR or the SRS or ACK or NACK or the data.
本发明实施例提供的一种终端, 包括:  A terminal provided by the embodiment of the present invention includes:
接收单元, 用于接收第二站点发送的第一消息, 所述第一消息包含第一配 置信息,所述第一配置信息包含调度请求 SR的配置信息或者探测参考信号 SRS 的配置信息或者发送数据用的配置信息;  a receiving unit, configured to receive a first message sent by the second station, where the first message includes first configuration information, where the first configuration information includes configuration information of the scheduling request SR or configuration information of the sounding reference signal SRS or sending data Configuration information used;
发送单元, 用于根据所述第一配置信息, 向第一站点发送第一接入信息以 接入所述第一站点进行通信, 所述第一接入信息是所述 SR或者所述 SRS或者 ACK或者 NACK或者数据。  a sending unit, configured to send first access information to the first station to communicate with the first station according to the first configuration information, where the first access information is the SR or the SRS or ACK or NACK or data.
本发明实施例提供的一种站点, 包括:  A site provided by an embodiment of the present invention includes:
生成单元, 用于为第二站点生成第一消息; 发送消息单元, 用于发送第一消息给所述第二站点, 所述第一消息包含第 一配置信息, 其中所述第一配置信息包含调度请求 SR的配置信息或者探测参 考信号 SRS的配置信息或者发送数据的配置信息, 所述第一配置信息用于所述 终端向所述第一站点发送第一接入信息以接入所述第一站点 ,所述第一接入信 本发明实施例提供的一种站点, 包括: a generating unit, configured to generate a first message for the second site; a sending message unit, configured to send a first message to the second station, where the first message includes first configuration information, where the first configuration information includes configuration information of a scheduling request SR or configuration information of a sounding reference signal SRS Or transmitting the configuration information of the data, where the first configuration information is used by the terminal to send the first access information to the first station to access the first site, where the first access information is in the embodiment of the present invention. A site provided, including:
接收信息单元, 用于接收第一站点发送的第一消息, 所述第一消息包含第 一配置信息,所述第一配置信息包含调度请求 SR或者探测参考信号 SRS的配置 信息或者发送数据的配置信息;  The receiving information unit is configured to receive a first message sent by the first station, where the first message includes first configuration information, where the first configuration information includes configuration information of a scheduling request SR or a sounding reference signal SRS or a configuration of sending data. Information
发送信息单元, 用于发送第二消息给所述终端, 所述第二消息包含所述第 一配置信息,所述第一配置信息用于所述终端向所述第一站点发送第一接入信 息以接入所述第一站点进行通信, 所述第一接入信息是所述 SR或者所述 SRS 或者 ACK或者 NACK或者所述数据。  a sending information unit, configured to send a second message to the terminal, where the second message includes the first configuration information, where the first configuration information is used by the terminal to send a first access to the first station The information is communicated by accessing the first station, and the first access information is the SR or the SRS or ACK or NACK or the data.
从以上技术方案可以看出, 本发明实施例具有以下优点: UE接收第二站 点发送的第一消息, 其中包含第一配置信息, 根据所述第一配置信息, 向所述 第一站点发送所述第一接入信息以接入所述第一站点进行通信, 使得 UE可以 根据所述 SR或 SRS或 ACK或 NACK或者数据以接入所述第一站点进行通信,无 需先执行随机接入, 即需先向目标基站请求资源, 因此, 加快了 UE与目标基 站的接入速度, 减少了 UE与目标基站之间的信令交互过程, 从而减少接入目 标基站的时延。 附图说明  As can be seen from the foregoing technical solutions, the embodiment of the present invention has the following advantages: the UE receives the first message sent by the second station, where the first configuration information is included, and sends the location to the first station according to the first configuration information. The first access information is used to access the first station for communication, so that the UE can access the first station according to the SR or SRS or ACK or NACK or data, without performing random access first. That is, the resource needs to be requested from the target base station, so that the access speed between the UE and the target base station is accelerated, and the signaling interaction process between the UE and the target base station is reduced, thereby reducing the delay of accessing the target base station. DRAWINGS
图 1为本发明实施例中的接入站点的方法的: ;一个实施 '示意图  FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of a method for accessing a site according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图 2为本发明实施例中的接入站点的方法的: ;二个实施 示意图  FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of a method for accessing a site according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图 3为本发明实施例中的接入站点的方法的: ;三个实施 示意图  FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram of a method for accessing a site according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图 4为本发明实施例中的接入站点的方法的: ;四个实施 示意图  FIG. 4 is a schematic diagram of a method for accessing a site according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图 5为本发明实施例中的接入站点的方法的: ;五个实施 示意图  FIG. 5 is a schematic diagram of a method for accessing a site according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图 6为本发明实施例中的接入站点的方法的: ;六个实施 示意图  FIG. 6 is a schematic diagram of a method for accessing a site according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图 7为本发明实施例中的接入站点的方法的: ;七个实施 示意图 图 8为本发明实施例中的接入站点的方法的第八个实施例示意图; 图 9为本发明实施例中的接入站点的方法的第九个实施例示意图; 图 10为本发明实施例中的终端的实施例示意图; FIG. 7 is a schematic diagram of a method for accessing a site according to an embodiment of the present invention; FIG. 8 is a schematic diagram of an eighth embodiment of a method for accessing a site according to an embodiment of the present invention; FIG. 9 is a schematic diagram of a ninth embodiment of a method for accessing a site according to an embodiment of the present invention; Schematic diagram of an embodiment of a terminal in an example;
图 11为本发明实施例中的站点的实施例示意图;  11 is a schematic diagram of an embodiment of a site in an embodiment of the present invention;
图 12为本发明实施例中的站点的另一个实施例示意图;  12 is a schematic diagram of another embodiment of a station in an embodiment of the present invention;
图 13为本发明实施例中的接入站点的系统实施例示意图。 具体实施方式  FIG. 13 is a schematic diagram of a system embodiment of an access site according to an embodiment of the present invention. detailed description
本发明实施例提供了一种接入站点的方法、 装置及系统, 用于加快 UE接 入站点的速度, 减小接入时延。  The embodiments of the present invention provide a method, an apparatus, and a system for accessing a site, which are used to speed up a UE accessing a site and reduce an access delay.
本发明实施例中的接入站点的方法, 是针对终端 (UE )在控制面和用户 面分离的场景, 在该场景下用户面和控制面可以单独分别切换到不同的基站。 例如:  The method for accessing a site in the embodiment of the present invention is a scenario in which a terminal (UE) is separated from a control plane and a user plane. In this scenario, the user plane and the control plane can be separately switched to different base stations. E.g:
场景 1 , UE的控制面保持在第二站点, UE的用户面传输从第三站点切换 到第一站点。  Scenario 1 , the control plane of the UE remains at the second station, and the user plane transmission of the UE is switched from the third station to the first station.
其中, 第二站点以宏基站 eNB为例, 第三站点以 Pico2为例, 第一站点以 Picol为例。  The second site uses the macro base station eNB as an example, the third site uses Pico2 as an example, and the first site uses Picol as an example.
在此场景下, 由于小基站覆盖范围比较小, 因此在此不考虑 TA变化。 因 此终端不需要进行一个完整接入流程。  In this scenario, since the coverage of the small base station is relatively small, the TA change is not considered here. Therefore, the terminal does not need to perform a complete access process.
场景 2, UE的控制面和用户面分别在第一站点和第二站点中, 终端的用户 面转换到第一站点。  Scenario 2: The control plane and the user plane of the UE are respectively in the first site and the second site, and the user plane of the terminal is switched to the first site.
其中, 第一站点以宏基站 Macro eNBl为例, 第二站点以 Picol为例。  The first site uses the macro base station Macro eNB1 as an example, and the second site uses Picol as an example.
另外由于用户面转换的目标站点是正在为终端服务的基站,因此终端不需 要进行一个完整接入流程。  In addition, since the target site for user plane conversion is the base station that is serving the terminal, the terminal does not need to perform a complete access procedure.
场景 3 , UE的用户面和控制面在第二站点中, 终端的用户面转换到第一站 点。  Scenario 3: The user plane and the control plane of the UE are in the second site, and the user plane of the terminal is switched to the first site.
其中, 第二站点以宏基站 Macro eNBl为例, 第一站点以 Picol为例。  The second station takes the macro base station Macro eNB1 as an example, and the first station uses Picol as an example.
场景 4 , UE的用户面和控制面在分别在第一站点和第二站点中, UE的控 制面要切换到第一站点。 其中, 第一站点以 Pico为例, 第二站点以宏网络 eNB , 即 Macro eNB为例, 第一站点以 Pico为例。 Scenario 4: The user plane and the control plane of the UE are in the first station and the second station, respectively, and the control plane of the UE is to be switched to the first station. The first site uses Pico as an example, and the second site uses a macro network eNB, that is, a Macro eNB as an example. The first site uses Pico as an example.
以上只是为描述方便举例对本发明实施的技术方案予以说明,而不构成对 本发明记载的技术方案的限制。  The above is merely a description of the technical solutions of the present invention for convenience of description, and does not constitute a limitation of the technical solutions described in the present invention.
请参阅图 1 , 本发明实施例中的接入站点的方法的一个实施例包括: Referring to FIG. 1, an embodiment of a method for accessing a site in an embodiment of the present invention includes:
101、 接收第二站点发送的第一消息, 所述第一消息包含第一配置信息; UE接收第二站点发送的第一消息, 所述第一消息包含第一配置信息, 所 述第一配置信息包含调度请求(英文: Scheduling Request , 缩写: SR ) 的配 置信息, 或者探测参考信号 (英文: Sounding Reference Signal, 缩写: SRS ) 的配置信息, 或者发送数据用的配置信息。 The first message sent by the second station, where the first message includes the first configuration information, the UE receives the first message sent by the second station, where the first message includes the first configuration information, the first configuration The information includes configuration information of a scheduling request (English: Scheduling Request, abbreviated: SR), or configuration information of a sounding reference signal (English: Sounding Reference Signal, abbreviation: SRS), or configuration information for transmitting data.
本实施例中的发送数据用的配置信息, 是指 UE将要与所述第二站点进行 通信时发送的数据的配置信息。  The configuration information for transmitting data in this embodiment refers to configuration information of data to be transmitted when the UE is to communicate with the second station.
第一站点是 UE接入的目标基站, 第二站点是 UE当前已接入的基站。  The first station is the target base station to which the UE accesses, and the second station is the base station to which the UE is currently connected.
102、 根据所述第一配置信息, 向所述第一站点发送所述第一接入信息以 接入所述第一站点进行通信。 其中, 所述数据为终端向第一站点发送的各种通信数据, 以接入所述第一站点 进行通信。  102. Send, according to the first configuration information, the first access information to the first station to access the first station for communication. The data is various communication data sent by the terminal to the first station, and is accessed by accessing the first station.
本实施例中, UE向所述第一站点发送所述第一接入信息以接入所述第一 站点进行通信, 即 UE可以向第一站点发送所述 SR或 SRS或者 ACK或者 NACK 或者数据以接入所述第一站点进行通信。 针对确认(acknowledgement )和不 确认 ( Non-acknowledgement ), 具体地, 在现有技术 HARQ ( Hybrid Automatic Repeat Request混合式自动重送请求), 或者 ARQ ( Automatic Repeat Request自 动重送请求)机制中, 发送方发送数据包, 如果接收方正确接收就反馈 ACK, 如果没有正确接收就反馈 NACK。 发送方接收到 NACK就会重传该数据包。 而 在本发明中, ACK或者 NACK不是针对 HARQ或者 ARQ传输的反馈, 而是一种 指示信号或者可以认为是一个特殊 SR, 或者可以认为是终端与所属第一站点 的第一个 SR。 这里 ACK/ACK作为一种指示信号, 用于表示终端直接接入到第 一站点或者用于表示终端不需要执行常规的随机接入流程而是通过发送 ACK/NACK就可以直接接入到第一站点, 开始和第一站点通信了。 本发明实施例中, UE接收第二站点发送的第一消息, 其中包含第一配置 信息,根据所述第一配置信息, 向所述第一站点发送所述第一接入信息以接入 数据以接入所述第一站点进行通信, 无需先执行随机接入, 即需先向目标基站 请求资源, 因此, 加快了 UE与目标基站的接入速度, 减少了 UE与目标基站之 间的信令交互过程, 从而减少接入目标基站的时延。 In this embodiment, the UE sends the first access information to the first station to access the first station for communication, that is, the UE may send the SR or SRS or ACK or NACK or data to the first station. Communicating by accessing the first site. For the acknowledgement and non-acknowledgement, specifically, in the prior art HARQ (Hybrid Automatic Repeat Request) or ARQ (Automatic Repeat Request) mechanism, The party sends a data packet, and if the receiver receives it correctly, it feeds back the ACK, and if it is not received correctly, it feeds back the NACK. When the sender receives the NACK, it will retransmit the packet. In the present invention, the ACK or the NACK is not a feedback for the HARQ or ARQ transmission, but an indication signal or may be considered as a special SR, or may be considered as the first SR of the terminal and the associated first station. Here, ACK/ACK is used as an indication signal to indicate that the terminal directly accesses the first station or is used to indicate that the terminal does not need to perform a regular random access procedure but sends ACK/NACK can directly access the first site and start communicating with the first site. In the embodiment of the present invention, the UE receives the first message sent by the second station, where the first configuration information is sent, and the first access information is sent to the first station to access the data according to the first configuration information. To access the first station for communication, without first performing random access, the resource needs to be requested from the target base station first, thereby speeding up the access speed between the UE and the target base station, and reducing the letter between the UE and the target base station. The interaction process is performed, thereby reducing the delay of accessing the target base station.
请参阅图 2 , 本发明实施例中的接入站点的方法的一个实施例包括: 201、 接收第二站点发送的第一消息, 所述第一消息包含第一配置信息; UE接收第二站点发送的第一消息,所述第一消息包含所述第一配置信息, 所述第一配置信息包含 SR的配置信息, 或者 SRS的配置信息,或者发送数据用 的配置信息。 本实施例中的发送数据用的配置信息, 是指 UE将要与所述第二 站点进行通信时发送的数据的配置信息。  Referring to FIG. 2, an embodiment of a method for accessing a site in an embodiment of the present invention includes: 201. Receive a first message sent by a second station, where the first message includes first configuration information, and the UE receives a second site. And sending the first message, where the first message includes the first configuration information, where the first configuration information includes configuration information of the SR, or configuration information of the SRS, or configuration information for sending data. The configuration information for transmitting data in this embodiment refers to configuration information of data to be transmitted when the UE is to communicate with the second station.
本实施例中 ,所述向第一站点发送第一接入信息以接入所述第一站点进行 通信, 具体为: UE不向所述第一站点发起随机接入, 而直接向所述第一站点 发送所述第一接入信息以接入所述第一站点, 即 UE直接向所述第一站点发送 所述第一接入信息以接入所述第一站点, 也即 UE向所述第一站点发送所述第 一接入信息代替执行随机接入以接入所述第一站点。  In this embodiment, the sending, by the first station, the first access information to access the first station for communication, specifically: the UE does not initiate random access to the first station, but directly to the first The first station sends the first access information to the first station, that is, the UE directly sends the first access information to the first station to access the first station, that is, the UE The first station sends the first access information instead of performing random access to access the first station.
具体地, 以第一接入信息是 NACK为例,如果第一站点在所述发送 SR资源 上接收到 NACK, 而且接收到所述 NACK前, 该站点没有为所述终端分配过反 馈 ACK/NACK资源, 或者该站点和终端没有混合自动重传请求(英文: Hybrid Automatic Repeat Request缩写: HARQ )或者自动重传请求(英文: Automatic Repeat-reQuest, 缩写: ARQ )传输, 或者该站点没有与该终端有过通信, 那 么当它认为这个 NACK是一种指示信号或者是一个特殊的 SR,用于表示终端直 接接入到第一站点,用于表示终端不需要执行常规的随机接入流程而是通过发 送该 NACK就可以直接接入到第一站点, 开始和第一站点通信了。  Specifically, if the first access information is a NACK, if the first station receives the NACK on the sending SR resource, and before receiving the NACK, the station does not allocate the feedback ACK/NACK to the terminal. Resource, or the site and the terminal do not have a hybrid automatic repeat request (English: Hybrid Automatic Repeat Request abbreviation: HARQ) or automatic repeat request (English: Automatic Repeat-reQuest, abbreviation: ARQ) transmission, or the site does not have the terminal If there is communication, then when it considers that the NACK is an indication signal or a special SR, it is used to indicate that the terminal directly accesses the first station, indicating that the terminal does not need to perform a regular random access procedure but passes Sending the NACK can directly access the first site and start communicating with the first site.
UE具体以怎样的方式在发送 SR的资源上发送信号,例如发送 SR或 ACK或 NACK, 本发明实施例中不作具体限制。 可以理解的, 本发明实施例只是列举 一个具体的实施例子, 但本发明技术方案的内容不限于该具体例子。 以第一接入信息是 SR为例: UE向所述第一站点发送一个 SR, 该 SR是采用 调制后的符号 d ( 0 ) =1来表示的 (这种调制方式又被称为 PUCCH formatl )„ UE是通过使用一种筒单的幅移键控 (英文: Amplitude Shift Keying, 缩写: ASK )调制方式进行调制来发送 SR的。 UE发送 SR, 该 SR被表示为调制符号 d(0) = 1。 当然如果 UE不希望发送 SR (例如 UE不希望请求带宽, 不希望被基 站调度, 或者在本发明内容中不希望直接接入到第一站点), 那么 UE在发送该 SR资源上, 不发送任何信号。 ( The SR uses simple On—Off keying ( the simplest form of amplitude-shift keying (ASK) modulation ) , with the UE transmitting a SR with modulation symbol d(0) = 1 to request a PUSCH resource (positive SR transmission), and transmitting nothing when it does not request to be scheduled (negative SR). 那么第一站点在收到 UE发送 SR的资源上接收到信号,或者说接 收到信号 d ( 0 ) =1 , 那么当它认为接收到的是一种指示信号或者是一个特殊的 SR, 是用于表示终端直接接入到第一站点, 用于表示终端不需要执行常规的 随机接入流程而是通过发送该信号就可以直接接入到第一站点,以开始和第一 站点通信。 The UE specifically sends a signal on the resource that sends the SR, for example, sends an SR or an ACK or a NACK, which is not specifically limited in the embodiment of the present invention. It is to be understood that the embodiments of the present invention are merely specific examples, but the content of the technical solutions of the present invention is not limited to the specific examples. Taking the first access information as an SR as an example: the UE sends an SR to the first station, where the SR is represented by a modulated symbol d ( 0 ) =1 (this modulation mode is also called PUCCH formatl). The UE transmits the SR by using a single amplitude shift keying (Amplitude Shift Keying, ASK) modulation method. The UE transmits an SR, which is represented as a modulation symbol d(0). = 1. Of course, if the UE does not want to send the SR (for example, the UE does not want to request bandwidth, does not want to be scheduled by the base station, or does not want to directly access the first station in the content of the present invention), then the UE is transmitting the SR resource, The SR uses simple On-Off keying (the simplest form of amplitude-shift keying (ASK) modulation ) , with the UE transmitting a SR with modulation symbol d(0) = 1 to request a PUSCH resource ( Positive SR transmission), and transmitting nothing when it does not request to be scheduled (negative SR). Then the first station receives a signal on the resource that receives the SR sent by the UE, or receives the signal d ( 0 ) =1, then when it thinks that it is an indication signal or a special SR, it is used to indicate that the terminal directly accesses the first station, which is used to indicate that the terminal does not need to perform a regular random access procedure but By sending this signal, it is possible to directly access the first site to start communicating with the first site.
以第一接入信息 NACK为例: UE发送 ACK或者 NACK是通过二相相移键 控(英文: Binary Phase Shift Keying, 缩写: BPSK ) 方式进行调制的 (这种 调制方式又可以被称为 PUCCH formatla ), 调制后的符号是 ACK=d ( 0 ) =1 , NACK=d ( 0 ) =-1。 d ( 0 )是一个复数符号 ( complex-value symbol )。  Taking the first access information NACK as an example: The UE sends an ACK or a NACK by means of Binary Phase Shift Keying (abbreviation: BPSK). This modulation mode can be called PUCCH. Formatla ), the modulated symbol is ACK=d ( 0 ) =1 , NACK=d ( 0 ) =-1. d ( 0 ) is a complex-value symbol.
如果第一站点在所述发送 SR资源上接收到 NACK=d ( 0 ) =-1 , 即知道接收 到了 NACK, 而且接收到所述 NACK前, 该站点没有为所述终端分配过反馈 ACK/NACK资源, 或者该站点和终端没有 HARQ或者 ARQ传输, 或者该站点 没有与该终端有过通信,那么当它认为这个 NACK是一种指示信号或者是一个 特殊的 SR, 用于表示终端直接接入到第一站点, 用于表示终端不需要执行常 规的随机接入流程而是通过发送该 NACK就可以直接接入到第一站点,开始和 第一站点通信了。 同理, ACK也可以这样实施。  If the first station receives NACK=d(0)=-1 on the transmitting SR resource, that is, knowing that the NACK is received, and before receiving the NACK, the station does not allocate feedback ACK/NACK to the terminal. Resource, or the station and terminal do not have HARQ or ARQ transmission, or the station does not have communication with the terminal, then when it considers that the NACK is an indication signal or a special SR, it is used to indicate that the terminal directly accesses The first station is configured to indicate that the terminal does not need to perform a regular random access procedure, but can directly access the first station by sending the NACK, and starts to communicate with the first station. Similarly, ACK can also be implemented in this way.
当然在发送 SR资源上, UE采用正交相移键控(英文: Quadrature Phase Shift Keying, 缩写: QPSK )调制 (该调制方式又可以被称为 PUCCH format lb ), 其中调制符号( modulation symbol ) d ( 0 )等于 1 , -j , j或者 -1。 选取其中一 个值作为第一接入信息, 在发送 SR的资源上发送, 那么该第一接入信息, 则 可以认为是一个特殊的 SR, 又被称为所述终端与第一站点通信的一个 SR, 用 于表示终端直接接入到第一站点,用于表示终端不需要执行常规的随机接入流 程而是通过发送该 NACK就可以直接接入到第一站点, 开始和第一站点通信 了。 Of course, in transmitting the SR resources, the UE adopts Quadrature Phase Shift Keying (QPSK) modulation (this modulation mode may be referred to as PUCCH format lb), where the modulation symbol d ( 0 ) is equal to 1, -j, j or -1. Choose one of them The value is transmitted as the first access information on the resource that sends the SR, and the first access information is considered to be a special SR, and is also referred to as an SR that the terminal communicates with the first station. It is used to indicate that the terminal directly accesses the first site, and is used to indicate that the terminal does not need to perform a regular random access procedure, but can directly access the first site by sending the NACK, and starts to communicate with the first site.
总之, 终端在发送所述 SR的资源上发送一个信号, 该信号可以是 SR, 或 者 ACK或者 NACK, 或者是其他信号或者符号, 我们这里成也把它称之为 SR, 这是一个特殊的 SR, 是终端与第一站点通信的第一个 SR。 用于表示终端直接 接入到第一站点,用于表示终端不需要执行常规的随机接入流程而是通过发送 该 NACK就可以直接接入到第一站点, 开始和第一站点通信了。  In short, the terminal sends a signal on the resource that sends the SR, which may be an SR, or an ACK or a NACK, or other signal or symbol. We also call it SR, which is a special SR. , is the first SR that the terminal communicates with the first site. It is used to indicate that the terminal directly accesses the first station, and is used to indicate that the terminal does not need to perform a regular random access procedure, but can directly access the first station by transmitting the NACK, and starts to communicate with the first station.
其中, 所述第一消息还可以包括第二配置信息, 所述第二配置信息是 UE 与第一站点的定时提前(英文: timing advance , 缩写 ΤΑ )的值, 本实施例中 TA=0。  The first message may further include second configuration information, where the second configuration information is a value of a timing advance (English: timing advance, abbreviation ΤΑ) between the UE and the first station, where TA=0 in this embodiment.
所述第一消息还可以包括第一指示信息。  The first message may further include first indication information.
所述第二配置信息或者第一指示信息,用于指示终端不向所述第一站点发 起随机接入, 或者, 用于指示终端不向所述第一站点发起随机接入, 直接发送 所述第一接入信息以接入所述第一站点; 或者, 用于指示终端直接发送所述第 一接入信息以接入所述第一站点; 或者, 用于指示发送所述第一接入信息代替 执行随机接入而接入所述第一站点。  The second configuration information or the first indication information is used to indicate that the terminal does not initiate random access to the first station, or is used to indicate that the terminal does not initiate random access to the first station, and directly send the The first access information is used to access the first station; or is used to instruct the terminal to directly send the first access information to access the first station; or, to indicate to send the first access The information accesses the first site instead of performing random access.
本实施例中的第一配置信息、第二配置信息、第一指示信息均是第一站点 发送给所述第二站点的。  The first configuration information, the second configuration information, and the first indication information in the embodiment are all sent by the first site to the second site.
向所述第一站点发送第一接入信息以接入所述第一站点进行通信,具体可 以是:  Sending the first access information to the first site to access the first site for communication, specifically:
UE根据所述 SR的配置信息, 在发送所述 SR的资源块上向所述第一站点发 送 ACK/NACK, 以接入所述第一站点进行通信;  The UE sends an ACK/NACK to the first station on the resource block that sends the SR according to the configuration information of the SR, to access the first station for communication;
或者,  Or,
UE根据所述 SR的配置信息, 在发送所述 SR的资源块上向所述第一站点发 送 ACK/NACK, 使得所述第一站点根据所述 ACK/NACK获取所述 SR。  And transmitting, by the UE, an ACK/NACK to the first station on the resource block that sends the SR according to the configuration information of the SR, so that the first station acquires the SR according to the ACK/NACK.
其中, UE在发送所述 SR的资源块上向所述第一站点发送 ACK/NACK, 是 UE与所述第一站点第一次通信。 The UE sends an ACK/NACK to the first station on the resource block that sends the SR. The UE communicates with the first site for the first time.
本实施例中, UE接收到第一消息后, 可以根据该第一消息直接与第一站 点进行通信。  In this embodiment, after receiving the first message, the UE may directly communicate with the first site according to the first message.
具体地, UE获取所述第一消息中包含发送数据的配置信息, 所述发送数 据的配置信息是所述第一站点分配的调度资源信息,在分配的调度资源上接收 或者发送数据给所述第一站点, UE根据所述第一消息直接与所述第一站点通 信。  Specifically, the UE acquires configuration information that includes the sending data in the first message, where configuration information of the sending data is scheduling resource information allocated by the first station, and receives or sends data to the allocated scheduling resource. The first station, the UE directly communicates with the first station according to the first message.
其中, 第一消息还包括指示信息。  The first message further includes indication information.
所述指示信息可以用于指示: UE的用户面切换,或者,数据无线承载(英 文: data radio bearer, 缩写: DRB )切换, 或者, 用户面承载切换, 或者, 用 户面从所述第二站点切换至所述第一站点,或者, 用户面数据的传输从所述第 二站点切换至所述第一站点,或者, 用户数据的传输从所述第三站点切换至所 述第一站点, 或者, 在所述第一站点上建立用户面, 或者, 在所述第一站点上 建立承载 /DRB/用户面承载, 或者, 增加用于用户数据传输的小区, 其中, 所 述小区为所述第一站点的小区。  The indication information may be used to indicate: user plane switching of the UE, or data radio bearer (abbreviation: DRB) handover, or user plane bearer handover, or user plane from the second site Switching to the first site, or switching the transmission of user plane data from the second site to the first site, or switching the transmission of user data from the third site to the first site, or Establishing a user plane on the first site, or establishing a bearer/DRB/user plane bearer on the first site, or adding a cell for user data transmission, where the cell is the A site of a site.
所述指示信息还可以用于指示: UE的控制面切换; 或者, 信令无线承载 (英文: signalling radio bearer, 缩写: SRB )切换; 或者, 控制面从所述第二 站点切换至所述第一站点; 或者, 控制面数据的传输从所述第二站点切换至 所述第一站点; 或者, 控制信令的传输从所述第二站点切换至所述第一站点; 或者,控制信令的传输和部分用户数据的传输从所述第二站点切换至所述第一 站点。  The indication information may also be used to indicate: control plane switching of the UE; or, signaling radio bearer (abbreviation: SRB) switching; or, the control plane is switched from the second station to the first a station; or, the transmission of control plane data is handed over from the second station to the first station; or the transmission of control signaling is handed over from the second station to the first station; or, control signaling The transmission and transmission of part of the user data are switched from the second station to the first station.
在指示 UE的用户面和 /或切换面进行切换的过程中, 可以用 1个比特的指 示信息标识需要切换的是用户面还是控制面, 例如, 该指示信息的值为 1 , 则 表示 UE的用户面切换, 该指示信息的值为 0, 则表示 UE的控制面切换, 可以 理解的, 也可以用其他比特值与用户面和控制面的切换进行对应标识。  In the process of instructing the user plane and/or the switching plane of the UE to perform the handover, the indication information of the one bit may be used to identify whether the user plane or the control plane needs to be switched. For example, if the value of the indication information is 1, it indicates that the UE is If the value of the indication information is 0, the control plane of the UE is switched. It can be understood that other bit values may be correspondingly marked with the switching between the user plane and the control plane.
进一步地, 所述第一消息还包含以下至少一项:  Further, the first message further includes at least one of the following:
所述第一站点的标示信息、所述第一站点的小区标示信息、所述第一站点 的载波信息及所述第一站点的小区的载波信息、 第一站点分配的调度资源信 息。 通过该消息获得了在所述第一站点的小区 1中的调度资源信息, 从而可以 在所述调度资源上接收或者发送数据给第一站点。由此终端开始侦听在第一站 点下的所述小区给自己的数据传输,接收到第一站点发送的数据或者开始发送 数据给第一站点。 The indication information of the first station, the cell identifier information of the first station, the carrier information of the first station, and the carrier information of the cell of the first station, and the scheduling resource information allocated by the first station. The scheduling resource information in the cell 1 of the first station is obtained by the message, so that data can be received or sent to the first station on the scheduling resource. Thereby, the terminal starts to listen to the data transmission of the cell under the first station to itself, receives the data sent by the first station or starts to send data to the first station.
具体地, 也可以使用 1个比特的指示信息标识切换的信息:  Specifically, the information of the handover may also be identified by using one bit of indication information:
例如, UE的用户面切换, 则第一站点将第一消息发送给目标用户面站点, 第一消息中包含: 1比特的指示信息(该指示信息的值为 1 ), 以及切换后 UE的 控制面站的站点标示 /小区标示;  For example, if the user plane of the UE is switched, the first station sends the first message to the target user plane station, where the first message includes: 1 bit indication information (the value of the indication information is 1), and the UE control after the handover. Site marking/cell marking of the station;
UE的控制面切换和用户面切换到不同站点 /小区, 第一站点将第一消息发 送给目标用户面站点, 第一消息中具体包含: 1比特的指示信息 (该指示信息 的值为 1 ), 以及切换后 UE的控制面站的站点标示 /小区标示, 还可以包含源用 户面站点的标示。  The control plane switching of the UE and the switching of the user plane to the different sites/cells, the first station sends the first message to the target user plane site, where the first message specifically includes: 1 bit indication information (the value of the indication information is 1) And the site identifier/cell identifier of the control plane station of the UE after handover, and may also include the identifier of the source user plane station.
UE的控制面切换, 第一站点将第一消息发送给目标控制面站点, 第一消 息中具体包含: 1比特的指示信息(该指示信息的值为 0 ), 切换后 UE的用户面 站的站点标示 /小区标示;  The control plane of the UE is switched, and the first station sends the first message to the target control plane site, where the first message specifically includes: 1 bit indication information (the value of the indication information is 0), and the user plane station of the UE after the handover Site marking/cell marking;
UE的控制面切换和用户面切换到不同站点 /小区, 第一站点将第一消息发 送给目标控制面站点, 第一消息中具体包含: 1比特的指示信息 (该指示信息 的值为 0 ), 切换后 UE的用户面站的站点标示 /小区标示, 还可以包含源控制面 站点的标示。  The control plane switching of the UE and the switching of the user plane to the different sites/cells, the first station sends the first message to the target control plane site, where the first message specifically includes: 1 bit indication information (the value of the indication information is 0) The site identifier/cell identifier of the user plane station of the UE after handover may also include the identifier of the source control plane site.
所述第一消息还包含:在控制面切换时维护与用户面基站的配置信息或者 配置指示信息,或者,在用户面切换时维护与控制面基站的配置信息或者指示 信息。  The first message further includes: maintaining configuration information or configuration indication information of the base station with the user plane when the control plane is switched, or maintaining configuration information or indication information of the base station with the control plane when the user plane switches.
其中, 所述 SR的配置信息, 包括以下至少一项:  The configuration information of the SR includes at least one of the following:
所述 SR的时频资源信息、 所述 SR的配置索引 ( SR configure index, 又可 以被称为 SR-Configindex )、 所述 SR的物理上行链路控制信道(英文: Physical Uplink Control CHannel , 缩写: PUCCH ) 资源块索引 ( SR PUCCH resource index, 又可以被称为 sr-PUCCH-Resourcelndex )。  The time-frequency resource information of the SR, the SR configuration index (also referred to as SR-Configindex), and the physical uplink control channel of the SR (English: Physical Uplink Control CHannel, abbreviation: PUCCH) The resource block index (SR PUCCH resource index, which may also be referred to as sr-PUCCH-Resourcelndex).
终端通过 SR的配置索引就可以计算出该终端在哪些子帧上发送所述 SR, 终端通过 SR的物理上行链路控制信道资源块索引 ( SR PUCCH resource index ) 获得在一个子帧上发送 SR的资源块信息。 那么终端通过 SR的配置索引和 SR的 物理上行链路控制信道资源块索引 ( SR PUCCH resource index ), 可以获得在 哪些子帧的哪个资源块上发送 SR The terminal can calculate the subframes in which the terminal sends the SR through the configuration index of the SR, and the terminal passes the physical uplink control channel resource block index of the SR (SR PUCCH resource index). The resource block information for transmitting the SR on one subframe is obtained. Then, the terminal can obtain which resource block of which subframes to send the SR through the configuration index of the SR and the physical uplink control channel resource block index (SR PUCCH resource index) of the SR.
具体地, 通过消息中的 SR的配置索引 ( SR configure index ), 终端可以通 过下表获得 SR传输周期 ( SR transmission periodicity ^ )和 SR子帧 偏移 ( SR subframe offset W SET,sr ), 通过上述两个参数, SR发送时刻可以 计算为满足下述公式的上行子顿 ( SR transmission instances are the uplink subframes satisfying ): (10x 。 = 0 .其中 nf为系 统中贞号 ( system frame number ), ns为一个无线顿中某个符号的编号( slot number within radio frame Specifically, the terminal may obtain an SR transmission periodicity (SR) and an SR subframe offset (SR subframe offset W SET , sr ) through the following table by using an SR configuration index (SR configure index) in the message. Two parameters, the SR transmission time can be calculated as SR transmission instances are the uplink subframes satisfying: ( 10x = 0 = where nf is the system frame number, ns is The number of a symbol in a wireless station (slot number within radio frame
由此可以通过上述的 SR的配置索引 (SR configure index )获得发送 SR的 子帧信息。 当然还有其它方法获得发送 SR的子帧信息。 在此不作限定。  Thus, the subframe information of the transmitting SR can be obtained by the SR configuration index (SR configure index) described above. Of course, there are other ways to obtain the subframe information for transmitting the SR. This is not limited here.
表 1 UE 的 SR周期和子帧偏移配置表 ( UE-specific SR periodicity and subframe offset configuration )  Table 1 UE-specific SR periodicity and subframe offset configuration table (UE-specific SR periodicity and subframe offset configuration)
Figure imgf000012_0001
本实施例中, 所述 SRS的配置信息包括:
Figure imgf000012_0001
In this embodiment, the configuration information of the SRS includes:
SRS 的 配置信 息 , 具体可 以 是 SRS上行配置信 息单元 ( SoundingRS-UL-Config Information Element )中的内容, 或者也可以是所述 SRS的时频资源信息。 或者, SRS上行配置信息单元( SoundingRS-UL-Config Information Element )或者 SRS的时频资源信息可以包含以下至少一项, 也就 是说 SRS 的配置信息可以是以下至少一项: SRS带宽 ( srs-Bandwidth )、 SRS 带宽配置( srs-BandwidthConfig )、 跳频带宽( srs-HoppingBandwidth SRS )、 频 域位置 ( freqDomainPosition ) , SRS配置索引 ( srs-Configlndex ), 周期改变 ( cyclicShift )、 子帧配置 ( srs-SubframeConfig SRS )、 持续时间 (duration ), 表示发送 SRS的周期的长度 ( Duration for periodic sounding reference signal transmission ) SRS天线端口 ( SRS-AntennaPort )用于指示发送 SRS的天线端 口数 ( Indicates the number of antenna ports used for sounding reference signal transmission )。 当 然上述只是举例说明 SRS上行配置信息单元 ( SoundingRS-UL-Config Information Element ) 内容, SRS上行配置信息单元 ( SoundingRS-UL-Config Information Element )内容不仅仅限制于上面所述内 谷。 The configuration information of the SRS may be specifically the content in the SRS uplink configuration information unit (Sounding RS-UL-Config Information Element), or may be the Time-frequency resource information of SRS. Alternatively, the SRS uplink configuration information element (Sounding-frequency information information) or the SRS time-frequency resource information may include at least one of the following, that is, the SRS configuration information may be at least one of the following: SRS bandwidth (srs-Bandwidth) ), SRS bandwidth configuration (srs-BandwidthConfig), frequency hopping bandwidth (srs-HoppingBandwidth SRS), frequency domain location (freqDomainPosition), SRS configuration index (srs-Configlndex), period change (cyclicShift), subframe configuration (srs-SubframeConfig) SRS), duration (duration), duration for periodic sounding reference signal transmission (SRS-AntennaPort) is used to indicate the number of antenna ports for transmitting SRS (Indices the number of antenna ports used) For sounding reference signal transmission ). Of course, the foregoing only exemplifies the content of the SRS uplink configuration information unit (Sounding RS-UL-Config Information Element), and the content of the SRS uplink configuration information unit (Sounding RS-UL-Config Information Element) is not limited to the inner valley described above.
本发明 以 SRS的 时频资源信息或者 RS上行配置信息单元 ( SoundingRS-UL-Config Information Element )举例说明 SRS的配置信息。 但 是 SRS的时频资源信息 /SRS上行配置信息单元 ( SoundingRS-UL-Config Information Element ) , 具体可以是包含以下至少一项: SRS带宽 ( srs-Bandwidth ) 、 SRS带宽配置 ( srs-BandwidthConfig )、 跳频带宽 ( srs-HoppingBandwidth SRS ), 频域位置( freqDomainPosition )、 SRS配置索 引 ( srs-Configlndex ), 周期改变( cyclicShift )、 子帧配置( srs-SubframeConfig SRS ), 持续时间 (duration ), SRS天线端口 ( SRS-AntennaPort )等。 因此本 发明不——重复描述。  The present invention exemplifies the configuration information of the SRS by using the time-frequency resource information of the SRS or the SoundingRS-UL-Config Information Element. However, the SRS time-frequency resource information/SRS uplink configuration information unit (SRS-UL-Config Information Element) may include at least one of the following: SRS bandwidth (srs-Bandwidth), SRS bandwidth configuration (srs-BandwidthConfig), and hopping. Frequency bandwidth (srs-HoppingBandwidth SRS), frequency domain location (freqDomainPosition), SRS configuration index (srs-Configlndex), period change (cyclicShift), subframe configuration (srs-SubframeConfig SRS), duration (duration), SRS antenna port (SRS-AntennaPort) and so on. Therefore, the present invention does not - repeat the description.
其中, 所述配置信息还可以是 UE在增加一个辅小区时的配置, 具体可以 包含以下至少一项:  The configuration information may be configured by the UE when adding a secondary cell, and specifically includes at least one of the following:
媒体介入控制 MAC层的配置信息, 分组数据汇聚协议 PDCP层的配置信 息, 无线链路控制协议 RLC层的配置信息, 物理层 PHY的配置信息, 数据无线 承载 DRB ( s ) 的配置信息, 逻辑信道的配置信息, 分组数据汇聚协议序列号 PDCP SN。  The media intervenes to control the MAC layer configuration information, the packet data convergence protocol PDCP layer configuration information, the radio link control protocol RLC layer configuration information, the physical layer PHY configuration information, the data radio bearer DRB (s) configuration information, the logical channel Configuration information, packet data aggregation protocol serial number PDCP SN.
需要说明的是,在步骤 201之前,即 UE接收第二站点发送的第一消息之前, 所述第二站点向所述第一站点发送请求消息, 用于请求所述 UE接入所述第一 站点, 所述第一站点向所述第二站点发送确认接入的消息,在该确认接入的消 息中包含第一接入信息的配置信息,所述第二站点根据所述第一站点发送的所 述确认接入的消息, 向所述 UE发送所述第一消息, 所述 UE接收该第一消息, 在所述第一消息中包含所述第一站点发送的第一接入信息的配置信息。 It should be noted that, before step 201, that is, before the UE receives the first message sent by the second station, Sending, by the second station, a request message to the first station, to request the UE to access the first station, where the first station sends a message confirming access to the second station, where the confirmation is performed. The access message includes configuration information of the first access information, and the second station sends the first message to the UE according to the acknowledged access message sent by the first station, where the UE And receiving the first message, where the first message includes configuration information of the first access information sent by the first station.
202、 UE与第一站点通信;  202. The UE communicates with the first site.
UE与第一站点通信, 可以是 UE激活与第一站点的通信,也可以是 UE直接 与第一站点进行通信。  The UE communicates with the first station, and may be that the UE activates communication with the first station, or the UE directly communicates with the first station.
具体通信方式可以是下歹l方式的一种;  The specific communication method may be one of the following methods;
(一) UE根据第二站点发送的所述第一消息, 直接与所述第一站点通信, 或, 向所述第一站点发送所述第一接入信息, 所述第一接入信息用于请求或者 激活与所述第一站点通信。  (1) the UE directly communicates with the first station according to the first message sent by the second station, or sends the first access information to the first station, where the first access information is used by the first access information. Communicating with the first site upon request or activation.
在本发明所有内容中,所述第一接入信息用于请求或者激活与所述第一站 点通信, 等同于所述第一接入信息用于接入与所述第一站点通信。  In all aspects of the present invention, the first access information is used to request or activate communication with the first site, and the first access information is used for accessing communication with the first site.
由于 UE可以在测量阶段与所述第一站点获得下行同步, 同时考虑到当第 一站点是小小区时, 第一站点覆盖范围比较小, 不考虑 TA变化, 则第一站点 可以和 UE上行同步。 因此, UE可以直接开始与第一站点通信, 或 UE发送信息 给所述第一站点, 开始与所述第一站点通信, 或者激活 UE终端和所述第一站 点开始通信。  Since the UE can obtain downlink synchronization with the first station in the measurement phase, and consider that when the first site is a small cell, the coverage of the first site is relatively small, and the first station can be uplink-synchronized with the UE without considering the TA change. . Therefore, the UE can directly start communicating with the first station, or the UE sends information to the first station, starts communicating with the first station, or activates the UE terminal and the first station to start communication.
具体地, UE接收到第二站点发送的第一消息后, 根据第一消息包含的内 容完成配置, 开始与第一站点通信。  Specifically, after receiving the first message sent by the second station, the UE completes the configuration according to the content included in the first message, and starts to communicate with the first station.
(二) UE接收所述第一站点发送的激活消息, 根据接收的所述激活消息, 直接与所述第一站点进行通信或向所述第一站点发送第一接入信息 ,所述第一 接入信息用于请求或者激活与所述第一站点通信。  (2) the UE receives the activation message sent by the first station, and directly communicates with the first station or sends the first access information to the first station according to the received activation message, where the first The access information is used to request or activate communication with the first site.
具体所述激活消息可以是所述第一站点发送 MAC层消息例如 MAC CE ,用 于指示终端与第一站点通信, 则 UE开始与第一站点通信。 所述激活消息可以 使 RRC消息, 物理层的信令等形式, 在此不作限制。  Specifically, the activation message may be that the first station sends a MAC layer message, such as a MAC CE, to indicate that the terminal communicates with the first station, and the UE starts to communicate with the first station. The activation message may be in the form of an RRC message, a signaling layer of the physical layer, or the like, which is not limited herein.
(三) UE接收所述第二站点转发的所述第一站点发送的激活消息, 根据 接收的激活消息,直接与所述第一站点进行通信或向所述第一站点发送第一接 入信息, 所述第一接入信息用于请求或者激活与所述第一站点通信。 具体所述激活消息可以是所述第一站点发送 MAC层消息例如 MAC CE,用 于指示终端与第一站点通信, 则 UE开始与第一站点通信。 (3) The UE receives the activation message sent by the first station forwarded by the second station, and directly communicates with the first station or sends a first connection to the first station according to the received activation message. Incoming information, the first access information is used to request or activate communication with the first site. Specifically, the activation message may be that the first station sends a MAC layer message, such as a MAC CE, to indicate that the terminal communicates with the first station, and the UE starts to communicate with the first station.
(四) UE接收所述第二站点发送的激活消息, 根据接收的激活消息, 直 接与所述第一站点进行通信或向所述第一站点发送第一接入信息,所述第一接 入信息用于请求或者激活与所述第一站点通信;  (4) The UE receives the activation message sent by the second station, and directly communicates with the first station or sends the first access information to the first station according to the received activation message, where the first access Information for requesting or activating communication with the first site;
(五) UE根据接收的第二站点发送的所述第一消息中包含的带宽信息或 者时频资源信息, 发送 RRC连接重配置完成消息 /切换完成消息给所述第一站 点, 以接入所述第一站点。 即, 所述第一消息可以包含所述第一站点发送的 RRC连接重配置完成消息 /切换完成消息的时频资源信息, UE在所述时频资源 上发送所述 RRC连接重配置完成消息 /切换完成消息, 以接入第一站点。  (5) The UE sends an RRC connection reconfiguration complete message/handover completion message to the first station according to the bandwidth information or the time-frequency resource information included in the received first message, to the access station. Said the first site. That is, the first message may include time-frequency resource information of the RRC connection reconfiguration complete message/handover completion message sent by the first station, and the UE sends the RRC connection reconfiguration complete message on the time-frequency resource/ Switch the completion message to access the first site.
需要说明的是, 在步骤 202之前, 即 UE激活与第一站点的通信之前, 可向 所述第二站点发送确认消息, 所述确认消息可以用于通知所述第二站点该 UE 已根据所述第一消息完成配置或者激活终端与第一站点通信。  It should be noted that before the step 202, that is, before the UE activates the communication with the first station, the acknowledgment message may be sent to the second station, where the acknowledgment message may be used to notify the second station that the UE has been The first message completes the configuration or activates the terminal to communicate with the first site.
203、 根据所述第一配置信息, 向所述第一站点发送所述第一接入信息以 接入所述第一站点进行通信; 其中, 所述数据为终端向第一站点发送的各种通信数据, 以接入所述第一站点 进行通信。 所述 SRS是 UE专有配置的 SRS。  203. Send, according to the first configuration information, the first access information to the first station to access the first station for communication, where the data is used by the terminal to send to the first station. Communication data to access the first site for communication. The SRS is a UE-configured SRS.
若第一接入信息为 SR, 则具体接入过程为, UE根据第一接入信息的配置 信息的 SR配置索引 (英文: SR-Configlndex ), 获得发送所述 SR的子帧信息, 通过 SR配置索引可以计算出该 UE在哪些子帧上发送所述 SR。  If the first access information is an SR, the specific access procedure is: the UE obtains the subframe information of the SR according to the SR configuration index (English: SR-Configlndex) of the configuration information of the first access information, and obtains the subframe information of the SR. The configuration index can calculate in which subframes the UE sends the SR.
第一接入信息的配置信息还可以包含 SR的物理上行链路控制信道资源块 索引 ( SR PUCCH resource index ) , 所述 SR的物理上行链路控制信道资源块索 引 ( SR PUCCH resource index )用于提供终端发送 SR的 PUCCH资源块信息即 The configuration information of the first access information may further include a physical uplink control channel resource block index (SR PUCCH resource index) of the SR, and a physical uplink control channel resource block index (SR PUCCH resource index) of the SR is used for Providing PUCCH resource block information for the terminal to send the SR
UE可以在哪个 PUCCH的资源块上发送 SR。 The UE can transmit the SR on the resource block of which PUCCH.
根据所述 SR的配置索引 (SR configure index )和 SR的物理上行链路控制 信道资源块索引 ( SR PUCCH resource index ), 终端可以获得在哪些所述子帧 上的哪些 PUCCH资源块上发送 SR。 进一步地, 发送 SR的方式还可以优化为发送 ACK/NACK的方式: 在发送 所述 SR的 PUCCH资源块上发送 ACK/NACK (英文: Acknowledgement/ Negative-Acknowledgment ) 消息, 使得所述第一站点获得所述 SR, 所述 SR用 于激活与第一站点的通信, 所述 SR为发送给所述第一站点的第一个 SR。 Based on the SR configuration index of the SR and the physical uplink control channel resource block index (SR PUCCH resource index) of the SR, the terminal can obtain which of the PUCCH resource blocks on the subframes to send the SR. Further, the manner of sending the SR may also be optimized to send an ACK/NACK: sending an ACK/NACK (English: Acknowledgement/ Negative-Acknowledgment) message on the PUCCH resource block that sends the SR, so that the first station obtains The SR, the SR is used to activate communication with a first station, and the SR is a first SR sent to the first station.
UE在发送 SR的资源块上发送 ACK/NACK,这样基站在发送 SR的资源块上 接收到 ACK/NACK, 那么基站知道该终端是要激活与该基站通信。 因为该终 端此前没有与该基站通信过, 就不会有任何 HARQ/ARQ有关通信, 因此终端 按照现有技术不应该向基站反馈 ACK/NACK , 按照现有技术应该是发送 SR。 因此基站在发送 SR的资源块上接收到 ACK/NACK, 将这种方式认为是特殊的 方式, 是终端第一次与基站通信, 请求接入站点与基站通信。  The UE transmits an ACK/NACK on the resource block that transmits the SR, so that the base station receives the ACK/NACK on the resource block that transmits the SR, and then the base station knows that the terminal is to activate communication with the base station. Since the terminal has not previously communicated with the base station, there will be no HARQ/ARQ related communication, so the terminal should not feed back ACK/NACK to the base station according to the prior art, and the SR should be transmitted according to the prior art. Therefore, the base station receives the ACK/NACK on the resource block that transmits the SR, and considers this mode to be a special mode. The terminal communicates with the base station for the first time, requesting the access station to communicate with the base station.
UE发送所述 SR的 PUCCH资源块上收到 ACK/NACK, 例如我们可以默认 UE都是发送 ACK, 第一站点以此认为已获得所述 SR, 以用于激活与所述终端 的通信, 所述 SR为接收到所述终端发送的第一个 SR。 或者第一站点以此认为 所收到 ACK, 以用于激活与所述终端的通信。 当然我们也可以默认 UE在所述 发送所述 SR的 PUCCH资源块上发送 NACK就代表了用于激活终端与所述第一 站点的通信。 总之因为终端此前没有和该基站通信, 根本不会有任何 HARQ/ARQ相关的通信,因此按照现有技术终端不会向基站反馈 ACK/NACK, 由此基站在发送所述 SR的 PUCCH资源块上收到 ACK/NACK,便知道该终端希 望接入该基站进行通信。  The UE sends an ACK/NACK on the PUCCH resource block of the SR. For example, we can default that the UE sends an ACK, and the first station considers that the SR is obtained for activating communication with the terminal. The SR is the first SR received by the terminal. Or the first station considers the received ACK as being used to activate communication with the terminal. Of course, we can also default that the UE sends a NACK on the PUCCH resource block that sends the SR to represent the communication used to activate the terminal with the first station. In summary, because the terminal has not communicated with the base station before, there is no HARQ/ARQ related communication at all. Therefore, according to the prior art, the terminal does not feed back ACK/NACK to the base station, and thus the base station transmits the PUCCH resource block of the SR. Upon receiving the ACK/NACK, it is known that the terminal wishes to access the base station for communication.
第一接入信息的配置信息还可以包含终端发送 SR的最大发送个数: The configuration information of the first access information may further include the maximum number of sending SRs sent by the terminal:
SRdsr-TransMax。 SRdsr-TransMax.
若第一接入信息为 SRS , 则第一站点收到 UE发送的 SRS , 认为 UE重配置 成功。 同时通过接收 SRS , 第一站点与终端上行同步, 获得上行信道估计等信 息。 第一站点开始和 UE传输数据。  If the first access information is an SRS, the first station receives the SRS sent by the UE, and considers that the UE reconfiguration succeeds. At the same time, by receiving the SRS, the first station and the terminal are uplink-synchronized to obtain information such as an uplink channel estimation. The first station starts transmitting data with the UE.
204、 若向所述第一站点发送的所述第一接入信息为 SR, 则接收所述第一 站点根据所述 SR分配的带宽的信息, 并根据所分配的带宽发送 RRC连接重配 置完成消息 ( RRC connection reconfiguration message )/切换完成消息 ( handover command message )给所述第一站点。  204. If the first access information sent to the first station is an SR, receive information about a bandwidth allocated by the first station according to the SR, and send an RRC connection reconfiguration according to the allocated bandwidth. An RRC connection reconfiguration message/handover command message is sent to the first station.
本发明实施例中, UE接收第二站点发送的第一消息, 其中包含第一配置 信息,根据所述第一配置信息, 向所述第一站点发送所述第一接入信息以接入 数据以接入所述第一站点进行通信, 无需先执行随机接入, 即需先向目标基站 请求资源, 因此, 加快了 UE与目标基站的接入速度, 减少了 UE与目标基站之 间的信令交互过程, 从而减少接入目标基站的时延。 In the embodiment of the present invention, the UE receives the first message sent by the second station, where the first configuration is included Transmitting, according to the first configuration information, the first access information to the first station to access data to access the first station for communication, without performing random access first, that is, first The target base station requests the resource. Therefore, the access speed between the UE and the target base station is accelerated, and the signaling interaction process between the UE and the target base station is reduced, thereby reducing the delay of accessing the target base station.
下面以一具体的应用场景描述所述 UE与所述第一站点、 所述第二站点的 通信过程。 请参阅图 3。  The communication process between the UE and the first station and the second station is described in a specific application scenario. Please refer to Figure 3.
301、 第二站点向第一站点发送 UE接入请求;  301. The second station sends a UE access request to the first station.
所述接入请求用于请求所述第一站点允许 UE接入。  The access request is used to request the first station to allow UE access.
302、 第一站点回复第二站点的 UE接入请求;  302. The first station replies to the UE access request of the second station.
第一站点确认允许 UE接入第一站点。  The first station confirms that the UE is allowed to access the first site.
303、 第一站点向 UE发送第一消息;  303. The first station sends a first message to the UE.
在所述第一消息中包含第一配置信息。  The first configuration information is included in the first message.
304、 UE向第二站点发送确认消息;  304. The UE sends an acknowledgement message to the second site.
所述确认消息可以用于通知第二站点, UE已根据所述第一消息完成配置。 The confirmation message may be used to notify the second station that the UE has completed configuration according to the first message.
305、 UE与第一站点的通信; 305. The UE communicates with the first site.
具体的通信方式可以是: UE根据第二站点发送的所述第一消息, 直接与 所述第一站点通信或向所述第一站点发送所述第一接入信息 ,所述第一接入信 息用于请求或者激活与所述第一站点通信。  The specific communication manner may be: the UE directly communicates with the first station or sends the first access information to the first station according to the first message sent by the second station, where the first access Information is used to request or activate communication with the first site.
也可以是, UE接收所述第一站点发送的激活消息, 根据接收的所述激活 消息, 直接与所述第一站点进行通信或向所述第一站点发送第一接入信息, 所 述第一接入信息用于请求或者激活与所述第一站点通信。  The UE may receive the activation message sent by the first station, and directly communicate with the first station or send the first access information to the first station according to the received activation message, where the An access message is used to request or activate communication with the first site.
也可以是, UE接收所述第二站点转发的所述第一站点发送的激活消息, 根据接收的激活消息,直接与所述第一站点进行通信或向所述第一站点发送第 一接入信息, 所述第一接入信息用于请求或者激活与所述第一站点通信。  The UE may receive the activation message sent by the first station that is forwarded by the second station, and directly communicate with the first station or send the first access to the first station according to the received activation message. Information, the first access information is used to request or activate communication with the first site.
也可以是, UE接收所述第二站点发送的激活消息, 根据接收的激活消息, 直接与所述第一站点进行通信或向所述第一站点发送第一接入信息 ,所述第一 接入信息用于请求或者激活与所述第一站点通信。  The UE may receive the activation message sent by the second station, and directly communicate with the first station or send the first access information to the first station according to the received activation message, where the first connection The incoming information is used to request or activate communication with the first site.
也可以是, UE根据接收的第二站点发送的所述第一消息中包含的带宽信 息或者时频资源信息, 发送 RRC连接重配置完成消息 /切换完成消息给所述第 一站点, 以接入所述第一站点。 The UE may also use the bandwidth information included in the first message sent by the second station according to the received second station. And the time-frequency resource information, sending an RRC connection reconfiguration complete message/handover completion message to the first station to access the first station.
306、 UE接收第一站点根据所述 SR分配的带宽的信息;  306. The UE receives information about a bandwidth allocated by the first station according to the SR.
若向所述第一站点发送的所述第一接入信息为 SR, 则 UE接收所述第一站 点根据所述 SR分配的带宽的信息。  And if the first access information sent to the first station is an SR, the UE receives information about a bandwidth allocated by the first station according to the SR.
307、 发送 RRC连接重配置完成消息 /切换完成消息。  307. Send an RRC Connection Reconfiguration Complete message/Handover Complete message.
UE根据所分配的带宽发送 RRC连接重配置完成消息 /切换完成消息给所 述第一站点。  The UE transmits an RRC Connection Reconfiguration Complete message/Handover Complete message to the first station according to the allocated bandwidth.
以上是以 UE侧的角度描述本发明实施例中的接入站点的方法, 下面从第 一站点侧的角度描述本发明实施例中的接入站点的方法, 请参阅图 4。  The above is a method for describing an access site in the embodiment of the present invention from the perspective of the UE side. The method for accessing the site in the embodiment of the present invention is described below from the perspective of the first site. Referring to FIG. 4 .
401、 第一站点为第二站点生成第一消息。  401. The first site generates a first message for the second site.
402、 发送所述第一消息给所述第二站点, 所述第一消息包含第一配置信 息,其中所述第一配置信息包含调度请求 SR的配置信息或者探测参考信号 SRS 的配置信息或者发送数据的配置信息,所述第一配置信息用于所述终端向所述 第一站点发送第一接入信息以接入所述第一站点, 所述第一接入信息是所述 SR或者所述 SRS或者 ACK或者 NACK或者数据。  402. Send the first message to the second site, where the first message includes first configuration information, where the first configuration information includes configuration information of a scheduling request SR or configuration information of a sounding reference signal SRS or sent Data configuration information, the first configuration information is used by the terminal to send first access information to the first station to access the first site, where the first access information is the SR or the SRS or ACK or NACK or data.
本发明实施例中, 为第二站点生成第一消息,发送所述第一消息给所述第 二站点, 所述第一消息包含第一配置信息, 其中所述第一配置信息包含调度请 求 SR的配置信息或者探测参考信号 SRS的配置信息或者发送数据的配置信息, 所述第一配置信息用于所述终端向所述第一站点发送第一接入信息以接入所 述第一站点, 无需先执行随机接入, 即需先向目标基站请求资源, 因此, 加快 了 UE与目标基站的接入速度, 减少了 UE与目标基站之间的信令交互过程, 从 而减少接入目标基站的时延。  In the embodiment of the present invention, a first message is generated for the second station, and the first message is sent to the second station, where the first message includes first configuration information, where the first configuration information includes a scheduling request SR The configuration information or the configuration information of the sounding reference signal SRS or the configuration information of the sending data, the first configuration information is used by the terminal to send the first access information to the first station to access the first station, There is no need to perform random access first, that is, the resource needs to be requested from the target base station first. Therefore, the access speed between the UE and the target base station is accelerated, and the signaling interaction process between the UE and the target base station is reduced, thereby reducing the access target base station. Delay.
请参阅图 5 , 本发明实施例中的接入站点的方法的另一个实施例包括: 501、 接收第二站点发送的第二消息, 所述第二消息用于将终端进行切换 或者为所述终端增加至少一个小区;  Referring to FIG. 5, another embodiment of a method for accessing a site in an embodiment of the present invention includes: 501: Receive a second message sent by a second station, where the second message is used to switch a terminal or Adding at least one cell to the terminal;
其中, 为所述终端增加的小区可以为用于与 UE进行数据传输的小区。 将终端进行切换包括: 将终端的用户面切换, 或者控制面切换, 或者控制 面和用户面分别切换到不同站点; 其中, 所述用户面切换包括: The cell added for the terminal may be a cell used for data transmission with the UE. Switching the terminal includes: switching the user plane of the terminal, or switching the control plane, or switching the control plane and the user plane to different sites respectively; The user plane switching includes:
所述终端的用户面切换, 所述终端的 DRB切换, 或者, 所述终端的用户面 承载切换, 或者, 所述终端的用户面从所述第二站点切换至第一站点本地, 或 者,所述终端的用户面数据的传输从所述第二站点切换至第一站点本地,或者, 所述终端的用户数据的传输从所述第三站点切换至所述第一站点,或者, 在所 述第一站点上建立所述终端的用户面, 或者, 在所述第一站点上建立所述终 端的承载 /DRB/用户面承载 ,或者, 为所述终端增加用于所述终端用户数据传 输的小区, 所述小区为所述第一站点的小区。  The user plane switching of the terminal, the DRB switching of the terminal, or the user plane bearer switching of the terminal, or the user plane of the terminal is switched from the second site to the first site local, or Transmitting the user plane data of the terminal from the second station to the first station local, or transferring the user data of the terminal from the third station to the first station, or Establishing a user plane of the terminal at the first site, or establishing a bearer/DRB/user plane bearer of the terminal at the first site, or adding a data transmission for the terminal user for the terminal a cell, where the cell is a cell of the first site.
其中, 所述控制面切换包括:  The control plane switching includes:
所述终端的控制面切换, 或者, 所述终端的 SRB切换, 或者, 所述终端 的控制面从所述第二站点切换至所述第一站点,或者, 所述终端的控制面数据 的传输从所述第二站点切换至所述第一站点, 或者, 所述终端的控制信令的 传输从所述第二站点切换至所述第一站点, 或者, 所述终端的控制信令的传 输和部分用户数据的传输从所述第二站点切换至所述第一站点。  The control plane of the terminal is switched, or the SRB of the terminal is switched, or the control plane of the terminal is switched from the second station to the first station, or the control plane data of the terminal is transmitted. Switching from the second station to the first station, or the transmission of control signaling of the terminal is switched from the second station to the first station, or the transmission of control signaling of the terminal And transmission of part of the user data is switched from the second site to the first site.
所述第一接入信息的配置信息, 包括以下至少一项:  The configuration information of the first access information includes at least one of the following:
所述 SR的时频资源信息、 所述 SR的配置索引、 所述 SR的物理上行链路控 制信道资源块索引、 所述 SRS的时频资源信息、 或者所述 SRS上行配置信息单 元 ( SoundingRS-UL-Config Information Element )。  The time-frequency resource information of the SR, the configuration index of the SR, the physical uplink control channel resource block index of the SR, the time-frequency resource information of the SRS, or the SRS uplink configuration information element (SoundingRS- UL-Config Information Element ).
502、 发送第一消息给所述第二站点, 所述第一消息包含第一配置信息, 其中所述第一配置信息包含调度请求 SR的配置信息或者探测参考信号 SRS的 配置信息或者发送数据的配置信息,所述第一配置信息用于所述终端向所述第 一站点发送第一接入信息以接入所述第一站点, 所述第一接入信息是所述 SR 或者所述 SRS或者 ACK或者 NACK或者数据;  502. Send a first message to the second site, where the first message includes first configuration information, where the first configuration information includes configuration information of a scheduling request SR or configuration information of a sounding reference signal SRS or data The first configuration information is used by the terminal to send the first access information to the first station to access the first site, where the first access information is the SR or the SRS Or ACK or NACK or data;
为第二站点生成第一消息, 并将所述第一消息发送给所述第二站点。  Generating a first message for the second site and transmitting the first message to the second site.
本实施例中, 所述第一配置信息, 用于所述 UE不向所述第一站点发起随 机接入, 而直接向所述第一站点发送所述第一接入信息以接入所述第一站点; 或者, 所述 UE直接向所述第一站点发送所述第一接入信息以接入所述第一站 点; 或者, 所述 UE向所述第一站点发送所述第一接入信息代替所述 UE执行随 机接入, 以接入所述第一站点, 进而节省 UE的接入时延。 其中, 所述第一消息还可以包括第二配置信息, 所述第二配置信息是 UE 与第一站点的定时提前(英文: timing advance , 缩写 ΤΑ )的值, 本实施例中 TA=0。 In this embodiment, the first configuration information is used by the UE not to initiate random access to the first station, but directly sending the first access information to the first station to access the The first station; or the UE directly sends the first access information to the first station to access the first station; or the UE sends the first connection to the first station Incoming information replaces the UE to perform random access to access the first station, thereby saving the access delay of the UE. The first message may further include second configuration information, where the second configuration information is a value of a timing advance (English: timing advance, abbreviated ΤΑ) of the UE and the first station, where TA=0 in this embodiment.
所述第一消息还可以包括第一指示信息。  The first message may further include first indication information.
所述第二配置信息或者第一指示信息,用于指示终端不向所述第一站点发 起随机接入, 或者, 用于指示终端不向所述第一站点发起随机接入, 直接发送 所述第一接入信息以接入所述第一站点; 或者, 用于指示终端直接发送所述第 一接入信息以接入所述第一站点; 或者, 用于指示发送所述第一接入信息代替 执行随机接入而接入所述第一站点。  The second configuration information or the first indication information is used to indicate that the terminal does not initiate random access to the first station, or is used to indicate that the terminal does not initiate random access to the first station, and directly send the The first access information is used to access the first station; or is used to instruct the terminal to directly send the first access information to access the first station; or, to indicate to send the first access The information accesses the first site instead of performing random access.
本实施例中的第一配置信息、第二配置信息、第一指示信息均是第一站点 发送给所述第二站点的。  The first configuration information, the second configuration information, and the first indication information in the embodiment are all sent by the first site to the second site.
其中, 所述第一消息还包含: 所述终端发送 RRC连接重配置完成消息 /切 换完成消息的时频资源信息, 在所述时频资源上接收到所述终端发送的所述 RRC连接重配置完成消息 /切换完成消息, 以开始与所述终端通信。  The first message further includes: the time-frequency resource information that is sent by the terminal to the RRC connection reconfiguration complete message/handover completion message, and the RRC connection reconfiguration sent by the terminal is received on the time-frequency resource. A message/handover completion message is completed to begin communicating with the terminal.
第一站点在发送第二消息给第二站点之后,与所述第二站点建立数据传输 通道, 也可以在建立数据传输通道之后进行数据传输。  After transmitting the second message to the second station, the first station establishes a data transmission channel with the second station, and may also perform data transmission after establishing the data transmission channel.
503、 接收所述第二站点发送的第三消息, 所述第三消息用于通知所述终 端完成配置和 /或用于通知开始与所述终端通信;  503. Receive a third message sent by the second station, where the third message is used to notify the terminal to complete configuration and/or to notify that communication starts with the terminal.
504、 在接收到第一站点发送的第三消息之后, 激活与 UE间的通信。  504. After receiving the third message sent by the first station, activate communication with the UE.
具体的激活方式可以为以下方式中的一种:  The specific activation method can be one of the following ways:
(一)接收所述终端发送的数据, 开始与终端通信; 或, 接收所述终端发 送第一接入信息, 所述第一接入信息用于请求或者激活与所述终端通信。  (1) receiving data sent by the terminal, and starting to communicate with the terminal; or receiving the terminal to send first access information, where the first access information is used to request or activate communication with the terminal.
(二)发送激活消息给所述第二站点, 以使得所述第二站点发送第二激活 消息给所述终端, 以用于请求或者激活与终端的通信;  (2) sending an activation message to the second station, so that the second station sends a second activation message to the terminal for requesting or activating communication with the terminal;
接收所述终端的数据, 开始与终端通信, 或者, 接收所述终端发送第一接 入信息, 所述第一接入信息用于请求或者激活与所述终端通信。  Receiving data of the terminal, starting to communicate with the terminal, or receiving the terminal to send first access information, where the first access information is used to request or activate communication with the terminal.
(三)接收所述第二站点发送的激活消息, 所述激活消息用于请求或者激 活与终端的通信。  (3) receiving an activation message sent by the second station, where the activation message is used to request or activate communication with the terminal.
(四)接收所述终端的数据, 开始与终端通信, 或者, 接收到所述终端发 送第一接入信息, 所述第一接入信息用于请求或者激活与所述终端通信。 (五)发送激活消息给所述终端, 以请求或者激活与终端的通信。 (4) receiving data of the terminal, starting to communicate with the terminal, or receiving the terminal Sending first access information, where the first access information is used to request or activate communication with the terminal. (5) Sending an activation message to the terminal to request or activate communication with the terminal.
其中, 若第一站点接收所述终端发送的第一接入信息, 若所述第一接入信 息为 SR , 则在所述第一接入信息的配置信息中为终端分配的带宽上接收所述 终端发送 RRC重配置完成消息 /切换完成消息。  If the first station receives the first access information sent by the terminal, if the first access information is an SR, the receiving information in the configuration information of the first access information is allocated to the terminal. The terminal sends an RRC reconfiguration complete message/handover completion message.
所述接收所述终端在所述 SR的资源块上发送的 ACK/NACK之前, 没有为 所述终端分配用于反馈 ACK/NACK的资源; 或者, 所述接收所述终端在所述 SR的资源块上发送的 ACK/NACK之前, 没有与所述终端进行 ARQ/HARQ通 信; 或者, 所述在发送所述 SR的资源块上向所述第一站点发送 ACK/NACK, 是与所述第一站点第一次通信。  Before receiving the ACK/NACK sent by the terminal on the resource block of the SR, the terminal is not allocated resources for feeding back ACK/NACK; or the receiving the resource of the terminal in the SR Before the ACK/NACK sent on the block, the ARQ/HARQ communication is not performed with the terminal; or the ACK/NACK is sent to the first station on the resource block that sends the SR, and the first The site communicates for the first time.
在发送所述 SR的 PUCCH资源块上收到 ACK/NACK (例如我们可以默认 UE都是发送 ACK ), 第一站点以此认为已获得所述 SR, 以用于激活与所述终 端的通信, 所述 SR为接收到所述终端发送的第一个 SR。 或者第一站点以此认 为所收到 ACK/NACK, 以用于激活与所述终端的通信。 当然我们也可以默认 与所述第一站点的通信。 总之因为终端此前没有和该基站通信,根本不会有任 何 HARQ/ARQ相关的通信, 因此按照现有技术终端不会向基站反馈 ACK/NACK, 由此基站在发送所述 SR的 PUCCH资源块上收到 ACK/NACK,便 知道该终端希望接入该基站进行通信。  Receiving an ACK/NACK on the PUCCH resource block that sends the SR (for example, we can default that the UE sends an ACK), and the first station considers that the SR is obtained for activating communication with the terminal, The SR is the first SR sent by the terminal. Or the first station considers this to be an ACK/NACK received for activating communication with the terminal. Of course, we can also communicate with the first site by default. In summary, because the terminal has not communicated with the base station before, there is no HARQ/ARQ related communication at all. Therefore, according to the prior art, the terminal does not feed back ACK/NACK to the base station, and thus the base station transmits the PUCCH resource block of the SR. Upon receiving the ACK/NACK, it is known that the terminal wishes to access the base station for communication.
需要说明的是, 第一站点在接收到第二站点发送的 UE完成配置的通知消 息后, 或者, 激活与 UE间的通信后, 向第三站点发送第一指示消息, 所述第 一指示消息用于指示所述第三站点停止与所述 UE的通信。  It is to be noted that, after receiving the notification message that the UE sent by the second station completes the configuration, or after the communication with the UE is activated, the first station sends a first indication message to the third station, where the first indication message is sent. And used to instruct the third station to stop communication with the UE.
进一步地, 第一站点向第三站点发送第二指示消息, 所述第二指示消息用 于指示所述第三站点释放为所述终端预留的资源, 或所述终端配置信息, 或所 述终端上下文信息。  Further, the first station sends a second indication message to the third station, where the second indication message is used to indicate that the third station releases the resource reserved for the terminal, or the terminal configuration information, or the Terminal context information.
再进一步地, 第一站点向所述第三站点发送第三指示消息, 所述第三指示 消息用于指示所述第三站点继续与所述终端通信。  Further, the first station sends a third indication message to the third station, where the third indication message is used to indicate that the third station continues to communicate with the terminal.
本发明实施例中与图 1及图 2所示实施例相同的内容,请参见相关实施例中 的描述, 此处不再赘述。 本发明实施例中, 第一站点接收第二站点发送的第二消息, 所述第二消息 用于将终端进行切换或者为所述终端增加至少一个用于数据传输的小区,第一 站点发送第一消息给所述第二站点, 所述第一消息包含第一配置信息, 其中所 述第一配置信息包含调度请求 SR的配置信息或者探测参考信号 SRS的配置信 息或者发送数据的配置信息,所述第一配置信息用于所述终端向所述第一站点 发送第一接入信息以接入所述第一站点, 无需先执行随机接入, 即需先向目标 基站请求资源, 因此, 加快了 UE与目标基站的接入速度, 减少了 UE与目标基 站之间的信令交互过程, 从而减少接入目标基站的时延。 For the content of the embodiment of the present invention, which is the same as the embodiment shown in FIG. 1 and FIG. 2, refer to the description in the related embodiments, and details are not described herein again. In the embodiment of the present invention, the first station receives the second message sent by the second station, where the second message is used to switch the terminal or add at least one cell for data transmission to the terminal, and the first station sends the first message. a message to the second station, where the first message includes first configuration information, where the first configuration information includes configuration information of a scheduling request SR or configuration information of a sounding reference signal SRS or configuration information of sending data. The first configuration information is used by the terminal to send the first access information to the first station to access the first station, and does not need to perform random access first, that is, the resource needs to be requested from the target base station first, so The access speed between the UE and the target base station is reduced, and the signaling interaction process between the UE and the target base station is reduced, thereby reducing the delay of accessing the target base station.
下面以一具体应用场景描述所述第一站点与所述第二站点、 所述 UE的通 信过程。 请参阅图 6。  The communication process between the first station and the second station and the UE is described in a specific application scenario. See Figure 6.
601、 第一站点接收第二站点发送的第二消息;  601. The first station receives a second message sent by the second station.
所述第二消息用于请求将 UE的用户面切换, 或者控制面切换, 或者控制 面和用户面分别切换到不同站点,或者为所述终端增加至少一个用于数据传输 的小区。  The second message is used to request to switch the user plane of the UE, or control plane switching, or switch the control plane and the user plane to different sites respectively, or add at least one cell for data transmission to the terminal.
602、 第一站点发送第一消息给第二站点;  602. The first station sends a first message to the second site.
所述第一消息用于回复第二消息, 所述第一消息包含第一配置信息, 其中 所述第一配置信息包含调度请求 SR的配置信息或者探测参考信号 SRS的配置 信息或者发送数据的配置信息,所述第一配置信息用于所述终端向所述第一站 点发送第一接入信息以接入所述第一站点, 所述第一接入信息是所述 SR或者 所述 SRS或者 ACK或者 NACK或者数据。  The first message is used to reply to the second message, where the first message includes first configuration information, where the first configuration information includes configuration information of the scheduling request SR or configuration information of the sounding reference signal SRS or configuration of the sending data. The first configuration information is used by the terminal to send first access information to the first station to access the first station, where the first access information is the SR or the SRS or ACK or NACK or data.
603、 第一站点与第二站点建立数据传输通道;  603. The first station establishes a data transmission channel with the second station.
也可以在建立数据传输通道之后进行数据传输。  It is also possible to perform data transfer after the data transmission channel is established.
604、 第一站点接收所述第二站点发送的第三消息;  604. The first station receives a third message sent by the second station.
所述第三消息用于通知所述终端完成配置和 /或用于通知开始与所述终端 通信。  The third message is used to notify the terminal to complete the configuration and/or to notify the start of communication with the terminal.
605、 第一站点激活与 UE间的通信;  605. The first station activates communication with the UE.
具体激活方式可以是, 接收 UE发送的数据, 开始与终端通信, 或, 接收 UE发送第一接入信息, 所述第一接入信息用于请求或者激活与 UE通信; 也可以是,发送激活消息给所述第二站点, 以使得所述第二站点发送第二 激活消息给所述终端, 以用于请求或者激活与终端的通信;接收所述终端的数 据, 开始与终端通信, 或者, 接收所述终端发送第一接入信息, 所述第一接入 信息用于请求或者激活与所述终端通信。 The specific activation mode may be: receiving data sent by the UE, starting to communicate with the terminal, or receiving the UE to send the first access information, where the first access information is used to request or activate communication with the UE; Sending a message to the second site, such that the second site sends a second Activating a message to the terminal for requesting or activating communication with the terminal; receiving data of the terminal, starting to communicate with the terminal, or receiving the terminal to send first access information, the first access information Used to request or activate communication with the terminal.
也可以是,接收所述第二站点发送的激活消息, 所述激活消息用于请求或 者激活与终端的通信;  Or receiving an activation message sent by the second station, where the activation message is used to request or activate communication with the terminal;
也可以是, 接收所述终端的数据, 开始与终端通信, 或者, 接收到所述终 端发送第一接入信息, 所述第一接入信息用于请求或者激活与所述终端通信 也可以是, 发送激活消息给所述终端, 以请求或者激活与终端的通信。 The device may receive the data of the terminal, start to communicate with the terminal, or receive the first access information, where the first access information is used to request or activate communication with the terminal, or Sending an activation message to the terminal to request or activate communication with the terminal.
606、 第一站点向第三站点发送第一指示消息; 606. The first station sends a first indication message to the third station.
所述第一指示消息用于指示所述第三站点停止与所述 UE的通信。  The first indication message is used to indicate that the third station stops communication with the UE.
607、 第一站点向第三站点发送第二指示消息;  607. The first station sends a second indication message to the third station.
所述第二指示消息用于指示所述第三站点释放为所述终端预留的资源,或 所述终端配置信息, 或所述终端上下文信息。  And the second indication message is used to indicate that the third station releases the resource reserved for the terminal, or the terminal configuration information, or the terminal context information.
608、 第一站点向所述第三站点发送第三指示消息;  608. The first station sends a third indication message to the third station.
所述第三指示消息用于指示所述第三站点继续与所述终端通信。  The third indication message is used to indicate that the third station continues to communicate with the terminal.
本发明所有实施例对第一站点基站和第二站点等所有站点的类型不作限 定, 例如, 第一站点和第二站点具体可以是基站, 均可以是以下中的一种: Macro eNB (宏基站 )、 Micro eNB (微微基站)、 Pico eNB (微基站 )、 HeNB (家庭基站)、 Small Cell eNB (小小区基站 )和 relay station (中继站)) 或者 还可以是具有调度功能的节点。第一站点或者第二站点又可以叫做无线通信节 点或者无线通信站点。  All the embodiments of the present invention do not limit the types of all the sites, such as the first site base station and the second site. For example, the first site and the second site may specifically be base stations, and may be one of the following: Macro eNB (macro base station) ), Micro eNB (Pico base station), Pico eNB (micro base station), HeNB (Home Base Station), Small Cell eNB (small cell base station), and relay station (relay station) or may also be a node having a scheduling function. The first site or the second site may in turn be called a wireless communication node or a wireless communication site.
以上是以第一站点侧的角度描述本发明实施例中的接入站点的方法,下面 从第二站点侧的角度描述本发明实施例中的接入站点的方法, 请参阅图 7。  The method for describing an access site in the embodiment of the present invention is described above on the first site side. The method for accessing the site in the embodiment of the present invention is described below from the perspective of the second site. Referring to FIG.
701、 接收第一站点发送的第一消息, 所述第一消息包含第一配置信息, 所述第一配置信息包含调度请求 SR或者探测参考信号 SRS的配置信息或者发 送数据的配置信息;  701. The first message sent by the first station is received, where the first message includes first configuration information, where the first configuration information includes configuration information of a scheduling request SR or a sounding reference signal SRS or configuration information of sending data.
第二站点接收第一站点发送的第一消息, 所述第一消息包含第一配置信 息,所述第一配置信息包含调度请求 SR或者探测参考信号 SRS的配置信息或者 发送数据的配置信息。 其中, 发送数据的配置信息是指 UE将要与所述第二站 点进行通信时发送的数据的配置信息。 The second station receives the first message sent by the first station, where the first message includes first configuration information, where the first configuration information includes configuration information of the scheduling request SR or the sounding reference signal SRS or configuration information of the sending data. Wherein, the configuration information of the sending data refers to that the UE is to be associated with the second station. The configuration information of the data sent when the communication is performed.
702、 发送第二消息给所述终端, 所述第二消息包含所述第一配置信息, 所述第一配置信息用于所述终端向所述第一站点发送第一接入信息以接入所 述第一站点进行通信,所述第一接入信息是所述 SR或者所述 SRS或者 ACK或者 NACK或者数据。  702. Send a second message to the terminal, where the second message includes the first configuration information, where the first configuration information is used by the terminal to send first access information to the first station to access The first station performs communication, and the first access information is the SR or the SRS or ACK or NACK or data.
第二站点发送第二消息给所述终端, 所述第二消息包含所述第一配置信 息,所述第一配置信息用于所述终端向所述第一站点发送第一接入信息以接入 所述第一站点进行通信, 所述第一接入信息是所述 SR或者所述 SRS或者 ACK 或者 NACK或者数据。  The second station sends a second message to the terminal, where the second message includes the first configuration information, where the first configuration information is used by the terminal to send the first access information to the first station. Communicating into the first station, the first access information is the SR or the SRS or ACK or NACK or data.
本发明实施例中, 第二站点发送第二消息给所述终端, 所述第二消息包含 所述第一配置信息,所述第一配置信息用于所述终端向所述第一站点发送第一 接入信息以接入所述第一站点进行通信, 所述第一接入信息是所述 SR或者所 述 SRS或者 ACK或者 NACK或者数据,使得 UE可以根据第一配置信息以接入所 述第一站点进行通信, 无需先执行随机接入, 即需先向目标基站请求资源, 因 此, 加快了 UE与目标基站的接入速度, 减少了 UE与目标基站之间的信令交互 过程, 从而减少接入目标基站的时延。  In the embodiment of the present invention, the second station sends a second message to the terminal, where the second message includes the first configuration information, where the first configuration information is used by the terminal to send the first station to the first station. An access information is used to access the first station for communication, where the first access information is the SR or the SRS or ACK or NACK or data, so that the UE can access the according to the first configuration information. The first station performs communication, and does not need to perform random access first, that is, the resource needs to be requested from the target base station first, thereby speeding up the access speed between the UE and the target base station, and reducing the signaling interaction process between the UE and the target base station, thereby Reduce the delay of accessing the target base station.
请参阅图 8 , 本发明实施例中的接入站点的方法的另一个实施例包括: 801、 第二站点发送第三消息给第一站点, 所述第三消息用于请求将终端 的用户面切换, 或者控制面切换, 或者控制面和用户面分别切换到不同站点; 其中, 用户面切换包括:  Referring to FIG. 8, another embodiment of a method for accessing a site in an embodiment of the present invention includes: 801. A second site sends a third message to a first site, where the third message is used to request a user plane of the terminal. Switching, or control plane switching, or switching between the control plane and the user plane to different sites; wherein, the user plane switching includes:
所述终端的用户面切换, 或者, 所述终端的 DRB切换, 或者, 所述终端 的用户面承载切换, 或者, 所述终端的用户面从第二站点本地所述第二站点 切换至所述第一站点, 或者, 所述终端的用户面数据的传输从所述第二站点 本地切换至所述第一站点,或者, 所述终端的用户数据的传输从所述第三站点 切换至所述第一站点,或者,在所述第一站点上建立所述终端的用户面,或者, 在所述第一站点上建立所述终端的承载 /DRB/用户面承载, 或者, 为所述终端 增加用于所述终端用户数据传输的小区, 其中, 所述小区为所述第一站点的小 区。  The user plane switching of the terminal, or the DRB switching of the terminal, or the user plane bearer switching of the terminal, or the user plane of the terminal is switched from the second site to the second site to the a first site, or the transmission of the user plane data of the terminal is locally switched from the second site to the first site, or the transmission of user data of the terminal is switched from the third site to the The first site, or the user plane of the terminal is established on the first site, or the bearer/DRB/user plane bearer of the terminal is established on the first site, or is added to the terminal a cell used for the data transmission of the terminal user, where the cell is a cell of the first site.
其中, 所述控制面切换包括: 所述终端的控制面切换, 或者, 所述终端的 SRB切换, 或者, 所述终端的 控制面从所述第二站点切换至所述第一站点, 或者, 所述终端的控制面数据 的传输从所述第二站点切换至所述第一站点,或者, 所述终端的控制信令的传 输从所述第二站点切换至所述第一站点,或者, 所述终端的控制信令的传输和 部分用户数据的传输从所述第二站点切换至所述第一站点。 The control plane switching includes: The control plane of the terminal is switched, or the SRB of the terminal is switched, or the control plane of the terminal is switched from the second station to the first station, or the control plane data of the terminal is transmitted. Switching from the second station to the first station, or the transmission of control signaling of the terminal is switched from the second station to the first station, or the transmission of control signaling of the terminal And transmission of part of the user data is switched from the second site to the first site.
其中, 所述第一接入信息的配置信息, 包括以下至少一项:  The configuration information of the first access information includes at least one of the following:
所述 SR的时频资源信息、所述 SR的配置索引(SR CONFIGURE INDEX )、 所述 SR的物理上行链路控制信道资源块索引 ( SR PUCCH resource index )、 所 述 SRS的时频资源信息、 所述 SRS上行配置信息单元。  The time-frequency resource information of the SR, the configuration index of the SR (SR CONFIGURE INDEX), the physical uplink control channel resource block index (SR PUCCH resource index) of the SR, the time-frequency resource information of the SRS, The SRS uplink configuration information element.
进一步地, 所述第一接入信息的配置信息还可以包含以下至少一项: 媒体接入控制 MAC层的配置信息, 分组数据汇聚协议 PDCP层的配置信 息, 无线链路控制协议 RLC层的配置信息, 物理层 PHY的配置信息, 数据无线 承载 DRB ( s ) 的配置信息, 逻辑信道的配置信息, 分组数据汇聚协议序列号 PDCP SN。  Further, the configuration information of the first access information may further include at least one of the following: configuration information of a medium access control MAC layer, configuration information of a packet data convergence protocol PDCP layer, and configuration of a radio link control protocol RLC layer Information, configuration information of the physical layer PHY, configuration information of the data radio bearer DRB (s), configuration information of the logical channel, packet data convergence protocol sequence number PDCP SN.
802、 接收第一站点发送的第一消息, 所述第一消息包含第一配置信息, 所述第一配置信息包含调度请求 SR或者探测参考信号 SRS的配置信息或者发 送数据的配置信息;  802. The first message sent by the first station is received, where the first message includes first configuration information, where the first configuration information includes configuration information of a scheduling request SR or a sounding reference signal SRS or configuration information of sending data.
第二站点接收第一站点发送的第一消息, 所述第一消息包含第一配置信 息,所述第一配置信息包含调度请求 SR或者探测参考信号 SRS的配置信息或者 发送数据的配置信息。 其中, 发送数据的配置信息是指 UE将要与所述第二站 点进行通信时发送的数据的配置信息。  The second station receives the first message sent by the first station, where the first message includes first configuration information, where the first configuration information includes configuration information of the scheduling request SR or the sounding reference signal SRS or configuration information of the sending data. The configuration information of the transmission data refers to configuration information of data that is sent when the UE is to communicate with the second site.
所述第一配置信息用于所述终端向所述第一站点发送第一接入信息以接 入所述第一站点进行通信,使得所述终端不向所述第一站点发起随机接入, 而 直接向所述第一站点发送所述第一接入信息以接入所述第一站点; 或者,  The first configuration information is used by the terminal to send first access information to the first station to access the first station for communication, so that the terminal does not initiate random access to the first station, Transmitting the first access information directly to the first site to access the first site; or
直接向所述第一站点发送所述第一接入信息以接入所述第一站点; 或者, 向所述第一站点发送所述第一接入信息代替执行随机接入,以接入所述第 一站点。  Transmitting the first access information to the first station to access the first station; or sending the first access information to the first station instead of performing random access, to access the Said the first site.
其中, 所述第一消息还可以包括第二配置信息, 所述第二配置信息是 UE 与第一站点的定时提前(英文: timing advance , 缩写 ΤΑ )的值, 本实施例中 TA=0。 The first message may further include second configuration information, where the second configuration information is a value of a timing advance (English: timing advance, abbreviated ΤΑ) of the UE and the first station. TA=0.
所述第一消息还可以包括第一指示信息。  The first message may further include first indication information.
所述第二配置信息或者第一指示信息,用于指示终端不向所述第一站点发 起随机接入, 或者, 用于指示终端不向所述第一站点发起随机接入, 直接发送 所述第一接入信息以接入所述第一站点; 或者, 用于指示终端直接发送所述第 一接入信息以接入所述第一站点; 或者, 用于指示发送所述第一接入信息代替 执行随机接入而接入所述第一站点。  The second configuration information or the first indication information is used to indicate that the terminal does not initiate random access to the first station, or is used to indicate that the terminal does not initiate random access to the first station, and directly send the The first access information is used to access the first station; or is used to instruct the terminal to directly send the first access information to access the first station; or, to indicate to send the first access The information accesses the first site instead of performing random access.
本实施例中的第一配置信息、第二配置信息、第一指示信息均是第一站点 发送给所述第二站点的。  The first configuration information, the second configuration information, and the first indication information in the embodiment are all sent by the first site to the second site.
进一步地, 所述第一消息还包含以下至少一项:  Further, the first message further includes at least one of the following:
所述终端的源用户面基站的基站标示、所述终端的源用户面基站的小区标 示、 所述终端的源控制面基站的标示、 所述终端的源控制面基站的小区标示、 所述终端进行切换的目标基站的标示及所述终端进行切换的目标小区标示。  The base station identifier of the source user plane base station of the terminal, the cell identifier of the source user plane base station of the terminal, the identifier of the source control plane base station of the terminal, the cell identifier of the source control plane base station of the terminal, the terminal The indication of the target base station that performs handover and the target cell indication that the terminal performs handover.
进一步地, 所述第一消息还可以包含:  Further, the first message may further include:
所述终端在控制面切换时维护与用户面基站的配置的指示信息, 或者, 所 述终端在用户面切换时维护与控制面基站的配置的指示信息。  The terminal maintains the indication information of the configuration with the user plane base station when the control plane is switched, or the indication information of the configuration of the control plane base station is maintained when the terminal switches at the user plane.
需要说明的是,接收第一站点发送的第一消息之后,便获知所述第一站点 同意所述 UE接入, 则发送第一指示消息给所述第三站点, 所述第一指示消息 用于指示所述第三站点停止与所述终端的通信, 所述 UE的用户面和 /或控制面 在第三站点。  It is to be noted that after receiving the first message sent by the first station, the first station agrees that the UE accesses, and sends a first indication message to the third station, where the first indication message is used. Instructing the third station to stop communication with the terminal, the user plane and/or control plane of the UE is at the third station.
第二站点接收第一站点发送的第一消息之后,还可以与所述第一站点建立 数据传输通道, 或, 与所述第一站点建立数据传输通道, 并发送所述终端的数 据给第一站点。  After receiving the first message sent by the first station, the second station may also establish a data transmission channel with the first station, or establish a data transmission channel with the first station, and send data of the terminal to the first Site.
803、 发送第二消息给所述终端, 所述第二消息包含所述第一接入信息的 配置信息,所述第一接入信息的配置信息用于所述终端向所述第一站点发送第 一接入信息以接入所述第一站点;  803. Send a second message to the terminal, where the second message includes configuration information of the first access information, where configuration information of the first access information is used by the terminal to send to the first station. First accessing information to access the first site;
804、 接收所述终端的第四消息, 所述第四消息用于通知所述终端完成配 置;  804. Receive a fourth message of the terminal, where the fourth message is used to notify the terminal to complete the configuration.
第二站点接收所述终端的第四消息,所述第四消息用于通知所述终端完成 配置。 The second station receives a fourth message of the terminal, where the fourth message is used to notify the terminal to complete Configuration.
805、 发送第五消息给第一站点, 所述第五消息用于通知所述第一站点所 述终端完成配置, 和 /或, 通知所述第一站点与所述终端通信;  805. Send a fifth message to the first site, where the fifth message is used to notify the terminal at the first site to complete the configuration, and/or notify the first station to communicate with the terminal.
806、 激活所述 UE与所述第一站点的通信。  806. Activate communication between the UE and the first site.
本实施例中, 第二站点可以激活所述 UE与所述第一站点的通信, 具体激 活方式可以是以下方式中的一种:  In this embodiment, the second station may activate communication between the UE and the first station, and the specific activation manner may be one of the following manners:
(一)接收第一站点发送的激活消息, 所述第一站点发送的激活消息用于 指示所述终端直接与所述第一站点进行通信或指示所述终端向所述第一站点 发送第一接入信息, 所述第一接入信息用于请求或者激活与所述第一站点通 信;  (1) receiving an activation message sent by the first station, where the activation message sent by the first station is used to indicate that the terminal directly communicates with the first station or that the terminal sends the first message to the first station. Accessing information, the first access information is used to request or activate communication with the first site;
(二)发送激活消息给终端, 用于指示所述终端直接与所述第一站点进行 通信或指示所述终端向所述第一站点发送第一接入信息,所述第一接入信息用 于请求或者激活与所述第一站点通信;  (2) sending an activation message to the terminal, configured to indicate that the terminal directly communicates with the first station, or instructs the terminal to send first access information to the first station, where the first access information is used by Communicating with the first site upon request or activation;
(三)发送激活消息给所述终端和所述第一站点, 通知所述终端和所述第 一站点进行通信;  (3) transmitting an activation message to the terminal and the first station, informing the terminal to communicate with the first station;
(四)将接收的所述第一消息中包含的所述终端向所述第一站点发送 RRC 连接重配置完成消息 /切换完成消息的时频资源信息, 发送给终端。  And (4) transmitting, to the terminal, time-frequency resource information of the RRC connection reconfiguration complete message/handover completion message sent by the terminal included in the first message to the first station.
本发明实施例中, 在激活所述 UE与所述第一站点的通信之后, 发送第二 指示消息给所述第三站点,所述第二指示消息用于指示所述第三站点释放为所 述终端的预留的资源,或者所述终端的配置信息,或者所述终端的上下文信息。  In the embodiment of the present invention, after the communication between the UE and the first station is activated, a second indication message is sent to the third station, where the second indication message is used to indicate that the third station is released as a A reserved resource of the terminal, or configuration information of the terminal, or context information of the terminal.
进一步地,发送第三指示消息给所述第三站点, 所述第三指示消息用于指 示所述第三站点继续与所述终端通信。  Further, the third indication message is sent to the third station, where the third indication message is used to indicate that the third station continues to communicate with the terminal.
本发明实施例中与图 1、 图 2、 图 4、 图 5所示实施例相同的内容, 请参见相 关实施例中的描述, 此处不再赘述。  For the content of the embodiment shown in FIG. 1, FIG. 2, FIG. 4, and FIG. 5, refer to the description in the related embodiments, and details are not described herein again.
本发明实施例中, 第二站点接收第一站点发送的第一接入信息的配置信 息,所述第一接入信息的配置信息用于所述终端向所述第一站点发送第一接入 信息以接入所述第一站点, 使得 UE可以根据所述 SR或 SRS以接入所述第一站 点进行通信, 无需先执行随机接入, 即需先向目标基站请求资源, 因此, 加快 了 UE与目标基站的接入速度, 减少了 UE与目标基站之间的信令交互过程, 从 接入目标基站的时延。 In the embodiment of the present invention, the second station receives the configuration information of the first access information that is sent by the first station, where the configuration information of the first access information is used by the terminal to send the first access to the first station. The information is used to access the first station, so that the UE can access the first station to perform communication according to the SR or the SRS, without first performing random access, that is, first requesting resources from the target base station, thereby speeding up The access speed between the UE and the target base station reduces the signaling interaction process between the UE and the target base station, The delay of accessing the target base station.
下面以一具体应用场景描述所述第二站点与所述第一站点、 所述 UE的通 信过程。 请参阅图 9。  The communication process of the second station with the first station and the UE is described in a specific application scenario. See Figure 9.
901、 第二站点发送第三消息给第一站点;  901. The second station sends a third message to the first site.
所述第三消息用于请求将终端的用户面切换,或者控制面切换,或者控制 面和用户面分别切换到不同站点。  The third message is used to request that the user plane of the terminal be switched, or the control plane is switched, or the control plane and the user plane are respectively switched to different sites.
902、 第二站点接收第一站点发送的第一消息;  902. The second station receives the first message sent by the first station.
所述第一消息包含第一配置信息, 所述第一配置信息包含调度请求 SR或 者探测参考信号 SRS的配置信息或者发送数据的配置信息。  The first message includes first configuration information, where the first configuration information includes configuration information of a scheduling request SR or a sounding reference signal SRS or configuration information of the transmitted data.
903、 第二站点发送第一指示消息给所述第三站点;  903. The second station sends a first indication message to the third station.
所述第一指示消息用于指示所述第三站点停止与所述终端的通信, 所述 UE的用户面和 /或控制面在第三站点。  The first indication message is used to indicate that the third station stops communication with the terminal, and the user plane and/or control plane of the UE is at the third station.
904、 第二站点与第一站点建立数据传输通道;  904. The second station establishes a data transmission channel with the first station.
第二站点还可以进一步地与第二站点之间进行数据传输。  The second site may further perform data transfer with the second site.
905、 第二站点发送第二消息给 UE;  905. The second station sends a second message to the UE.
所述第二消息包含所述第一配置信息,所述第一配置信息用于所述终端向 所述第一站点发送第一接入信息以接入所述第一站点进行通信 ,所述第一接入  The second message includes the first configuration information, where the first configuration information is used by the terminal to send first access information to the first station to access the first station for communication, where the One access
906、 第二站点接收 UE发送的第四消息; 906. The second station receives a fourth message sent by the UE.
所述第四消息用于通知所述 UE完成配置。  The fourth message is used to notify the UE to complete the configuration.
907、 第二站点发送第五消息给第一站点;  907. The second station sends a fifth message to the first site.
所述第五消息用于通知所述第一站点所述 UE完成配置, 和 /或, 通知所述 第一站点与所述 UE通信。  The fifth message is used to notify the first station that the UE completes configuration, and/or to notify the first station to communicate with the UE.
908、 第二站点激活 UE与第一站点的通信;  908. The second site activates communication between the UE and the first site.
第二站点可以激活所述 UE与所述第一站点的通信, 具体激活方式可以是 以下方式中的一种:  The second station may activate communication between the UE and the first station, and the specific activation manner may be one of the following manners:
(一 )接收第一站点发送的激活消息, 所述第一站点发送的激活消息用于 指示所述 UE直接与所述第一站点进行通信或指示所述 UE向所述第一站点发 送第一接入信息, 所述第一接入信息用于请求或者激活与所述第一站点通信; (二)发送激活消息给 UE, 指示所述 UE直接与所述第一站点进行通信或 指示所述 UE向所述第一站点发送第一接入信息, 所述第一接入信息用于请求 或者激活与所述第一站点通信; (1) receiving an activation message sent by the first station, where the activation message sent by the first station is used to indicate that the UE directly communicates with the first station or that the UE sends the first message to the first station. Accessing information, the first access information is used to request or activate communication with the first site; (2) sending an activation message to the UE, instructing the UE to directly communicate with the first station or instructing the UE to send first access information to the first station, where the first access information is used for requesting Or activation to communicate with the first site;
(三)发送激活消息给所述 UE和所述第一站点, 通知所述 UE和所述第一 站点进行通信;  (3) transmitting an activation message to the UE and the first station, and notifying the UE and the first station to communicate;
(四)将接收的所述第一消息中包含的所述 UE向所述第一站点发送 RRC 连接重配置完成消息 /切换完成消息的时频资源信息, 发送给 UE。  And (4) transmitting the time-frequency resource information of the RRC connection reconfiguration complete message/handover completion message sent by the UE included in the first message to the first station, and sending the information to the UE.
909、 第二站点发送第二指示消息给第三站点;  909. The second station sends a second indication message to the third station.
所述第二指示消息用于指示所述第三站点释放为所述 UE的预留的资源, 或者所述 UE的配置信息, 或者所述 UE的上下文信息。  The second indication message is used to indicate that the third station releases the reserved resource for the UE, or the configuration information of the UE, or the context information of the UE.
910、 第二站点发送第三指示消息给第三站点。  910. The second station sends a third indication message to the third station.
所述第三指示消息用于指示所述第三站点继续与所述 UE通信。  The third indication message is used to indicate that the third station continues to communicate with the UE.
下面介绍本发明实施例中的终端,请参阅图 10 , 本发明实施例中的终端的 一个实施例包括:  The following describes the terminal in the embodiment of the present invention. Referring to FIG. 10, an embodiment of the terminal in the embodiment of the present invention includes:
接收单元 1001 , 用于接收第二站点发送的第一消息, 所述第一消息包含第 一配置信息, 所述第一配置信息包含调度请求 SR的配置信息或者探测参考信 号 SRS的配置信息或者发送数据用的配置信息;  The receiving unit 1001 is configured to receive a first message sent by the second station, where the first message includes first configuration information, where the first configuration information includes configuration information of the scheduling request SR or configuration information of the sounding reference signal SRS or sent Configuration information for the data;
发送单元 1002, 用于根据所述第一配置信息, 向第一站点发送第一接入信 息以接入所述第一站点进行通信, 所述第一接入信息是所述 SR或者所述 SRS 或者 ACK或者 NACK或者数据。  The sending unit 1002 is configured to send, according to the first configuration information, first access information to the first station to access the first station for communication, where the first access information is the SR or the SRS Or ACK or NACK or data.
进一步地,  further,
所述发送单元 1002, 用于不向所述第一站点发起随机接入, 而直接向所述 第一站点发送所述第一接入信息以接入所述第一站点; 或者,  The sending unit 1002 is configured to not initiate random access to the first station, but directly send the first access information to the first station to access the first station; or
直接向所述第一站点发送所述第一接入信息以接入所述第一站点; 或者, 向所述第一站点发送所述第一接入信息代替执行随机接入,以接入所述第 一站点。  Transmitting the first access information to the first station to access the first station; or sending the first access information to the first station instead of performing random access, to access the Said the first site.
本发明实施例中的所述第一消息, 还包括:  The first message in the embodiment of the present invention further includes:
第二配置信息, 所述第二配置信息是 UE与第一站点的 TA=0, 或者 第一指示信息; 所述第二配置信息或者第一指示信息, The second configuration information, where the second configuration information is TA=0 of the UE and the first station, or first indication information; The second configuration information or the first indication information,
用于指示不向所述第一站点发起随机接入, 或者,  Used to indicate that random access is not initiated to the first site, or
用于指示不向所述第一站点发起随机接入,直接发送所述第一接入信息以 接入所述第一站点; 或者,  And indicating that the first access information is not directly sent to the first station, and the first access information is directly sent to access the first station; or
用于指示直接发送所述第一接入信息以接入所述第一站点; 或者, 用于指示发送所述第一接入信息代替执行随机接入, 以接入所述第一站 点。  And indicating to directly send the first access information to access the first station; or, to indicate sending the first access information instead of performing random access, to access the first site.
进一步地, 发送单元 1002 , 用于根据所述 SR的配置信息, 在发送所述 SR 的资源块上向所述第一站点发送 ACK/NACK, 以接入所述第一站点进行通信; 或者, 根据所述 SR的配置信息, 在发送所述 SR的资源块上向所述第一站 点发送 ACK/NACK, 使得所述第一站点根据所述 ACK/NACK获取所述 SR。  Further, the sending unit 1002 is configured to send, according to the configuration information of the SR, an ACK/NACK to the first station on a resource block that sends the SR, to access the first station for communication; or And sending, according to the configuration information of the SR, an ACK/NACK to the first station on a resource block that sends the SR, so that the first station acquires the SR according to the ACK/NACK.
进一步地, 本发明实施例中的终端还可以包括:  Further, the terminal in the embodiment of the present invention may further include:
通信单元 1003 , 用于根据所述第一消息直接与所述第一站点通信; 获取单元 1004, 用于获取所述第一消息中包含发送数据的配置信息, 所述 发送数据的配置信息是所述第一站点分配的调度资源信息,在分配的调度资源 上接收或者发送数据给所述第一站点。  The communication unit 1003 is configured to directly communicate with the first station according to the first message, where the acquiring unit 1004 is configured to acquire configuration information that includes the sending data in the first message, where the configuration information of the sending data is Scheduling resource information allocated by the first station, and receiving or transmitting data to the first station on the allocated scheduling resource.
进一步地,  further,
所述通信单元 1002,还用于根据接收的所述第一站点发送的激活消息, 直 接与所述第一站点进行通信;  The communication unit 1002 is further configured to directly communicate with the first station according to the received activation message sent by the first station;
或,  Or,
根据接收的所述第二站点转发的所述第一站点发送的激活消息,直接与所 述第一站点进行通信;  Directly communicating with the first station according to the received activation message sent by the first station that is forwarded by the second station;
或,  Or,
根据接收的所述第二站点发送的激活消息, 直接与所述第一站点进行通 信。  And directly communicating with the first station according to the received activation message sent by the second station.
所述通信单元 1002,还用于向所述第一站点发送第一接入信息以接入所述 第一站点进行通信; 或,  The communication unit 1002 is further configured to send the first access information to the first station to access the first station for communication; or
根据接收的所述第一站点发送的激活消息,向所述第一站点发送第一接入 信息以接入所述第一站点进行通信; 或, And sending, according to the received activation message sent by the first station, the first access information to the first station to access the first station for communication; or,
根据接收的所述第二站点转发的所述第一站点发送的激活消息,向所述第 一站点发送第一接入信息以接入所述第一站点进行通信;  And sending, according to the received activation message sent by the first station, the first station, the first access information to the first station to access the first station for communication;
或,  Or,
根据接收的所述第二站点发送的激活消息,向所述第一站点发送第一接入 信息以接入所述第一站点进行通信;  And sending, according to the received activation message sent by the second station, the first access information to the first station to access the first station for communication;
或,  Or,
根据所述第一消息中包含的带宽信息或者时频资源信息,发送 RRC连接重 配置完成消息 /切换完成消息给所述第一站点, 以接入所述第一站点进行通信。  And sending, according to the bandwidth information or the time-frequency resource information included in the first message, an RRC connection reconfiguration complete message/handover completion message to the first station, to access the first station for communication.
进一步地,  further,
所述接收单元 1001 ,还用于若向所述第一站点发送的所述第一接入信息为 SR, 则接收所述第一站点根据所述 SR分配的带宽的信息;  The receiving unit 1001 is further configured to: if the first access information sent to the first station is an SR, receive information about a bandwidth allocated by the first station according to the SR;
所述发送单元 1002 , 还用于根据所分配的带宽发送 RRC重配置完成消息 / 切换完成消息给所述第一站点。  The sending unit 1002 is further configured to send an RRC reconfiguration complete message/handover completion message to the first station according to the allocated bandwidth.
本实施例中的所述 SR的配置信息包括:  The configuration information of the SR in this embodiment includes:
所述 SR的时频资源信息(SR resource ), 所述 SR的配置索引, 或者调度所 述 SR的物理上行链路控制信道 PUCCH资源块索引;  Time-frequency resource information (SR resource ) of the SR, a configuration index of the SR, or a physical uplink control channel PUCCH resource block index of the SR;
所述 SRS的配置信息包括: 所述 SRS的时频资源信息。  The configuration information of the SRS includes: time-frequency resource information of the SRS.
进一步地,  further,
所述获取单元 1004, 还用于根据所述 SR配置索引, 获得发送所述 SR的子 帧信息; 还用于根据所述 SR的资源块索引, 获取发送所述 SR的资源块信息; 所述发送单元 1002,还用于在所述子帧的资源块上向所述第一站点发送所 述 SR或者 ACK或者 NACK。  The obtaining unit 1004 is further configured to: obtain, according to the SR configuration index, the subframe information that is used to send the SR, and further, to obtain, according to the resource block index of the SR, the resource block information that sends the SR; The sending unit 1002 is further configured to send the SR or ACK or NACK to the first station on a resource block of the subframe.
所述发送单元 1002 , 还用于在发送所述 SR的 PUCCH资源块上发送 ACK/NACK, 使得所述第一站点获得所述 SR, 以接入所述第一站点进行通信, 所述 SR为发送给所述第一站点的第一个 SR。  The sending unit 1002 is further configured to send an ACK/NACK on the PUCCH resource block that sends the SR, so that the first station obtains the SR, and accesses the first station to perform communication, where the SR is The first SR sent to the first site.
所述发送单元 1002,还用于在所述时频资源上发送所述 RRC连接重配置完 成消息 /切换完成消息, 以接入第一站点。  The sending unit 1002 is further configured to send the RRC connection reconfiguration complete message/handover completion message on the time-frequency resource to access the first station.
本发明实施例中的所述第一消息还包括: 指示信息, 所述指示信息用于指 示用户面切换; 或者, The first message in the embodiment of the present invention further includes: indication information, where the indication information is used to refer to Show user plane switching; or,
DRB切换; 或者,  DRB switching; or,
用户面承载切换; 或者,  User plane bearer switching; or,
用户面从所述第二站点切换至所述第一站点; 或者,  Switching from the second site to the first site; or
用户面数据的传输从所述第二站点切换至所述第一站点; 或者, 用户数据的传输从所述第三站点切换至所述第一站点; 或者,  Transmitting the user plane data from the second station to the first station; or transferring the user data from the third station to the first station; or
在所述第一站点上建立用户面; 或者,  Establishing a user plane on the first site; or
在所述第一站点上建立承载 /DRB/用户面承载; 或者,  Establishing a bearer/DRB/user plane bearer on the first site; or
增加用于用户数据传输的小区, 其中, 所述小区为所述第一站点的小区。 或者,  Adding a cell for user data transmission, where the cell is a cell of the first site. Or,
所述指示信息用于指示控制面切换; 或者,  The indication information is used to indicate control plane switching; or
SRB切换; 或者,  SRB switching; or,
控制面从所述第二站点切换至所述第一站点; 或者,  Control plane switching from the second site to the first site; or
控制面数据的传输从所述第二站点切换至所述第一站点; 或者, 控制信令的传输从所述第二站点切换至所述第一站点; 或者,  Transmitting control plane data from the second station to the first station; or, transmitting control signaling from the second station to the first station; or
控制信令的传输和部分用户数据的传输从所述第二站点切换至所述第一 站点。  The transmission of control signaling and the transmission of part of the user data are switched from the second station to the first station.
本实施例中, 所述第一消息还包含以下至少一项: 所述第一站点的标示信 息、所述第一站点的小区标示信息、所述第一站点的载波信息及所述第一站点 的小区的载波信息、 第一站点分配的调度资源信息;  In this embodiment, the first message further includes at least one of the following: the identifier information of the first site, the cell identifier information of the first site, the carrier information of the first site, and the first site Carrier information of the cell and scheduling resource information allocated by the first station;
所述第一消息还包含:在控制面切换时维护与用户面基站的配置信息或者 配置指示信息,或者,在用户面切换时维护与控制面基站的配置信息或者指示 信息;  The first message further includes: maintaining configuration information or configuration indication information of the base station with the user plane when the control plane is switched, or maintaining configuration information or indication information of the base station with the control plane when the user plane switches;
所述第一消息还包含以下至少一项: 媒体介入控制 MAC层的配置信息, 分组数据汇聚协议 PDCP层的配置信息,无线链路控制协议 RLC层的配置信息, 物理层 PHY的配置信息, 数据无线承载 DRB ( s ) 的配置信息, 逻辑信道的配 置信息, 分组数据汇聚协议序列号 PDCP SN。  The first message further includes at least one of the following: media intervention control MAC layer configuration information, packet data convergence protocol PDCP layer configuration information, radio link control protocol RLC layer configuration information, physical layer PHY configuration information, data Radio bearer configuration information of DRB ( s ), configuration information of logical channel, packet data convergence protocol sequence number PDCP SN.
本发明实施例中的终端中各单元实现各自功能的具体过程与前述图 1至图 3所示实施例中描述的过程相同, 此处不再赘述。 本发明实施例中, UE接收第二站点发送的第一消息, 其中包含第一配置 信息,根据所述第一配置信息, 向所述第一站点发送所述第一接入信息以接入 数据以接入所述第一站点进行通信, 无需先执行随机接入, 即需先向目标基站 请求资源, 因此, 加快了 UE与目标基站的接入速度, 减少了 UE与目标基站之 间的信令交互过程, 从而减少接入目标基站的时延。 The specific process of the respective functions in the terminal in the embodiment of the present invention is the same as the process described in the foregoing embodiment shown in FIG. 1 to FIG. 3, and details are not described herein again. In the embodiment of the present invention, the UE receives the first message sent by the second station, where the first configuration information is sent, and the first access information is sent to the first station to access the data according to the first configuration information. To access the first station for communication, without first performing random access, the resource needs to be requested from the target base station first, thereby speeding up the access speed between the UE and the target base station, and reducing the letter between the UE and the target base station. The interaction process is performed, thereby reducing the delay of accessing the target base station.
请参阅图 11 , 本发明实施例还提供了一种站点, 包括:  Referring to FIG. 11, an embodiment of the present invention further provides a site, including:
生成单元 1101 , 用于为第二站点生成第一消息;  a generating unit 1101, configured to generate a first message for the second site;
发送消息单元 1102, 用于发送第一消息给所述第二站点, 所述第一消息包 含第一配置信息, 其中所述第一配置信息包含调度请求 SR的配置信息或者探 测参考信号 SRS的配置信息或者发送数据的配置信息, 所述第一配置信息用于 所述终端向所述第一站点发送第一接入信息以接入所述第一站点,所述第一接 其中,所述第一配置信息,用于所述终端不向所述第一站点发起随机接入, 而直接向所述第一站点发送所述第一接入信息以接入所述第一站点; 或者, 所述终端直接向所述第一站点发送所述第一接入信息以接入所述第一站 点; 或者,  The sending message unit 1102 is configured to send a first message to the second station, where the first message includes first configuration information, where the first configuration information includes configuration information of a scheduling request SR or a configuration of a sounding reference signal SRS Information or configuration information of the transmission data, the first configuration information is used by the terminal to send the first access information to the first site to access the first site, where the first connection, the first a configuration information, where the terminal does not initiate random access to the first site, but directly sends the first access information to the first site to access the first site; or, Transmitting, by the terminal, the first access information to the first site to access the first site; or
所述终端向所述第一站点发送所述第一接入信息代替执行随机接入,以接 入所述第一站点。  The terminal sends the first access information to the first station instead of performing random access to access the first station.
本实施例中的所述第一消息, 还包括:  The first message in this embodiment further includes:
第二配置信息, 所述第二配置信息是所述终端与第一站点的 TA=0, 或者 第一指示信息;  The second configuration information, where the second configuration information is TA=0 of the terminal and the first station, or first indication information;
所述第二配置信息或者第一指示信息,用于指示所述终端不向所述第一站 点发起随机接入, 或者,  The second configuration information or the first indication information is used to indicate that the terminal does not initiate random access to the first site, or
用于指示所述终端不向所述第一站点发起随机接入,直接发送所述第一接 入信息以接入所述第一站点; 或者,  And indicating that the terminal does not initiate random access to the first station, and directly sends the first access information to access the first station; or
用于指示所述终端直接发送所述第一接入信息以接入所述第一站点; 或 者,  Instructing the terminal to directly send the first access information to access the first site; or
用于指示所述终端发送所述第一接入信息代替执行随机接入,以接入所述 第一站点。 Instructing the terminal to send the first access information instead of performing random access to access the First site.
需要说明的是, 本发明实施例中的所述站点还可以进一步包括:  It should be noted that the site in the embodiment of the present invention may further include:
接收消息单元 1103 , 用于接收所述第二站点发送的第二消息, 所述第二消 息用于将终端进行切换或者为所述终端增加至少一个小区。  The receiving message unit 1103 is configured to receive a second message sent by the second station, where the second message is used to switch the terminal or add at least one cell to the terminal.
所述接收消息单元 1103 ,还用于接收所述第二站点发送的第三消息, 所述 第三消息用于通知所述终端完成配置和 /或用于通知开始与所述终端通信。  The receiving message unit 1103 is further configured to receive a third message sent by the second station, where the third message is used to notify the terminal to complete configuration and/or to notify that communication starts with the terminal.
进一步地,  further,
所述接收消息单元 1103 ,还用于接收所述终端发送的数据, 开始与终端通 信;  The receiving message unit 1103 is further configured to receive data sent by the terminal, and start to communicate with the terminal;
或,  Or,
还用于接收所述终端发送第一接入信息,所述第一接入信息用于请求或者 激活与所述终端通信。  The method further includes receiving, by the terminal, the first access information, where the first access information is used to request or activate communication with the terminal.
所述接收消息单元 1103 ,还用于接收所述第二站点发送的激活消息, 所述 激活消息用于请求或者激活与终端的通信;  The receiving message unit 1103 is further configured to receive an activation message sent by the second station, where the activation message is used to request or activate communication with the terminal;
还用于接收所述终端的数据, 开始与终端通信, 或者, 接收到所述终端发 送第一接入信息, 所述第一接入信息用于所述终端接入进行通信。  And receiving data of the terminal, starting to communicate with the terminal, or receiving the terminal to send first access information, where the first access information is used by the terminal to access for communication.
所述发送消息单元 1102,还用于发送激活消息给所述终端, 以请求或者激 活与终端的通信;  The sending message unit 1102 is further configured to send an activation message to the terminal to request or activate communication with the terminal;
所述接收消息单元 1103 , 还用于接收所述终端的数据, 开始与终端通信, 或者,接收所述终端发送第一接入信息, 所述第一接入信息用于所述终端接入 进行通信。  The receiving message unit 1103 is further configured to receive data of the terminal, start to communicate with the terminal, or receive the first access information by the terminal, where the first access information is used for access by the terminal. Communication.
进一步地,  further,
所述接收消息单元 1103 ,还用于接收所述终端发送的第一接入信息;或者, 接收所述终端发送的第一接入信息;  The receiving message unit 1103 is further configured to receive the first access information sent by the terminal; or receive the first access information sent by the terminal;
若所述第一接入信息为 SR, 则在所述第一接入信息的配置信息中包含为 所述终端分配的带宽,所述分配的带宽用于所述终端发送 RRC重配置完成消息 /切换完成消息, 并在在所述分配的带宽上接收所述终端发送 RRC重配置完成 消息 /切换完成消息。  If the first access information is an SR, the configuration information of the first access information includes a bandwidth allocated for the terminal, and the allocated bandwidth is used by the terminal to send an RRC reconfiguration complete message/ And completing a handover completion message, and receiving, by the terminal, the RRC reconfiguration complete message/handover completion message on the allocated bandwidth.
所述接收消息单元 1103 , 还用于接收所述终端在所述 SR的资源块上发送 的 AC謹 ACK。 The receiving message unit 1103 is further configured to receive, by the terminal, send on a resource block of the SR AC ACK.
所述接收消息单元 1103 , 还用于接收所述终端在所述 SR的资源块上发送 ACK/NACK, 并根据所述 ACK/NACK获取所述 SR, 使得所述终端接入进行通 信。  The receiving message unit 1103 is further configured to: receive, by the terminal, an ACK/NACK on a resource block of the SR, and acquire the SR according to the ACK/NACK, so that the terminal accesses to communicate.
所述发送消息单元 1102 , 还用于在发送所述 SR的 PUCCH资源块上发送 The sending message unit 1102 is further configured to send on a PUCCH resource block that sends the SR.
ACK/NACK, 以获得所述 SR, 使得所述终端接入进行通信, 所述 SR为接收到 所述终端发送的第一个 SR。 ACK/NACK, to obtain the SR, to enable the terminal to access for communication, and the SR is to receive the first SR sent by the terminal.
本实施例中的所述第一配置信息, 包括以下至少一项:  The first configuration information in this embodiment includes at least one of the following:
所述 SR的时频资源信息、 所述 SR的配置索引, 或者所述 SR的物理上行链 路控制信道 PUCCH资源块索引、 所述 SRS的时频资源信息、 所述 SRS上行配置 信息单元。  The time-frequency resource information of the SR, the configuration index of the SR, or the physical uplink control channel PUCCH resource block index of the SR, the time-frequency resource information of the SRS, and the SRS uplink configuration information element.
本实施例中的所述第二消息还包含:  The second message in this embodiment further includes:
所述终端发送 RRC连接重配置完成消息 /切换完成消息的时频资源信息。 进一步地,  The terminal sends time-frequency resource information of the RRC connection reconfiguration complete message/handover completion message. further,
所述接收消息单元 1103 ,还用于在所述时频资源上接收到所述终端发送的 所述 RRC连接重配置完成消息 /切换完成消息, 以开始与所述终端通信。  The receiving message unit 1103 is further configured to receive, by using the time-frequency resource, the RRC connection reconfiguration complete message/handover completion message sent by the terminal, to start communicating with the terminal.
所述接收消息单元 1103 ,还用于接收所述第二站点发送的第三消息, 所述 第三消息用于通知所述终端完成配置和 /或通知开始与所述终端通信。  The receiving message unit 1103 is further configured to receive a third message sent by the second station, where the third message is used to notify the terminal to complete configuration and/or notify to start communicating with the terminal.
本实施例中的所述第一接入信息用于所述终端接入进行通信, 包括: 所述 第一接入信息用于请求或者激活与所述终端进行通信。  The first access information in the embodiment is used by the terminal to perform communication, and the method includes: the first access information used to request or activate communication with the terminal.
本实施例中的所述站点还可以进一步包括:  The site in this embodiment may further include:
获取信息单元 1104, 用于根据所述 ACK/NACK获取所述 SR, 以用于请求 或者激活与所述终端进行通信;  The acquiring information unit 1104 is configured to acquire the SR according to the ACK/NACK, for requesting or activating communication with the terminal;
建立单元 1105 , 用于与所述第二站点建立数据传输通道。  The establishing unit 1105 is configured to establish a data transmission channel with the second station.
进一步地,  further,
所述发送消息单元 1102,还用于向第三站点发送的第一指示消息, 所述第 一指示消息用于指示所述第三站点停止与所述终端的通信。  The sending message unit 1102 is further configured to send a first indication message to the third station, where the first indication message is used to instruct the third station to stop communication with the terminal.
所述接收消息单元 1103 , 还用于接收所述第二站点发送的第二指示消息, 所述第二指示消息用于指示所述第三站点释放为所述终端预留的资源,或所述 终端配置信息, 或所述终端上下文信息。 The receiving message unit 1103 is further configured to receive a second indication message sent by the second station, where the second indication message is used to indicate that the third station releases resources reserved for the terminal, or Terminal configuration information, or the terminal context information.
所述接收消息单元 1103 , 还用于接收所述第二站点发送的第三指示消息, 所述第三指示消息用于指示所述第三站点继续与所述终端通信;  The receiving message unit 1103 is further configured to receive a third indication message sent by the second station, where the third indication message is used to indicate that the third station continues to communicate with the terminal;
所述接收消息单元 1103 , 还用于接收所述第二站点转发的所述终端的数 据。  The receiving message unit 1103 is further configured to receive data of the terminal forwarded by the second station.
本实施例中所述将终端进行切换包括:  The switching of the terminal in the embodiment includes:
将终端的用户面切换,或者控制面切换,或者控制面和用户面分别切换到 不同站点。  Switch the user plane of the terminal, or switch the control plane, or switch between the control plane and the user plane to different sites.
所述用户面切换包括:  The user plane switching includes:
所述终端的用户面切换,  User plane switching of the terminal,
所述终端的 DRB切换; 或者,  The DRB switching of the terminal; or
所述终端的用户面承载切换; 或者,  User plane bearer switching of the terminal; or
所述终端的用户面从所述第二站点切换至本地; 或者,  The user plane of the terminal is switched from the second site to the local; or
所述终端的用户面数据的传输从所述第二站点切换至本地; 或者, 所述终端的用户数据的传输从所述第三站点切换至所述第一站点; 或者, 在所述第一站点上建立所述终端的用户面; 或者,  Transmitting the user plane data of the terminal from the second station to the local; or transmitting the user data of the terminal from the third station to the first station; or, at the first Establishing a user plane of the terminal on the site; or,
在所述第一站点上建立所述终端的承载 /DRB/用户面承载; 或者, 为所述终端增加用于所述终端用户数据传输的小区,所述小区为所述第一 站点的小区。  Establishing a bearer/DRB/user plane bearer of the terminal at the first site; or adding a cell for the terminal user data transmission to the terminal, where the cell is a cell of the first site.
所述控制面切换包括:  The control plane switching includes:
所述终端的控制面切换; 或者,  Switching the control plane of the terminal; or
所述终端的 SRB切换; 或者,  SRB switching of the terminal; or
所述终端的控制面从所述第二站点切换至所述第一站点; 或者, 所述终端的控制面数据的传输从所述第二站点切换至所述第一站点; 或 者,  The control plane of the terminal is switched from the second station to the first station; or the transmission of control plane data of the terminal is switched from the second station to the first station; or
所述终端的控制信令的传输从所述第二站点切换至所述第一站点; 或者, 所述终端的控制信令的传输和部分用户数据的传输从所述第二站点切换 至所述第一站点。  Transmitting control signaling of the terminal from the second station to the first station; or transmitting transmission of control signaling of the terminal and transmission of part of user data from the second station to the First site.
本发明实施例中的终端中各单元实现各自功能的具体过程与前述图 4至图 6所示实施例中描述的过程相同, 此处不再赘述。 The specific process of implementing the respective functions of each unit in the terminal in the embodiment of the present invention and the foregoing FIG. 4 to FIG. The processes described in the embodiment shown in FIG. 6 are the same and will not be described again here.
本发明实施例中, 为第二站点生成第一消息并发送给所述第二站点, 所述 第一消息包含第一配置信息, 其中所述第一配置信息包含调度请求 SR的配置 信息或者探测参考信号 SRS的配置信息或者发送数据的配置信息, 所述第一配 置信息用于所述终端向所述第一站点发送第一接入信息以接入所述第一站点, 无需先执行随机接入, 即需先向目标基站请求资源, 因此, 加快了 UE与目标 基站的接入速度, 减少了 UE与目标基站之间的信令交互过程, 从而减少接入 目标基站的时延。  In the embodiment of the present invention, the first message is generated for the second station and sent to the second station, where the first message includes first configuration information, where the first configuration information includes configuration information or detection of the scheduling request SR. The configuration information of the reference signal SRS or the configuration information of the transmission data, where the first configuration information is used by the terminal to send the first access information to the first station to access the first station, without performing random connection first In this case, the resource needs to be requested from the target base station first. Therefore, the access speed between the UE and the target base station is accelerated, and the signaling interaction process between the UE and the target base station is reduced, thereby reducing the delay of accessing the target base station.
本发明实施例中的站点中各单元实现各自功能的过程与前述方法部分实 施例相同, 此处不再赘述。  The process of implementing the respective functions of the units in the site in the embodiment of the present invention is the same as that of the foregoing method, and details are not described herein again.
请参阅图 12, 本发明实施例还提供了一种站点, 包括:  Referring to FIG. 12, an embodiment of the present invention further provides a site, including:
接收信息单元 1201 , 用于接收第一站点发送的第一消息, 所述第一消息包 含第一配置信息, 所述第一配置信息包含调度请求 SR或者探测参考信号 SRS 的配置信息或者发送数据的配置信息;  The receiving information unit 1201 is configured to receive a first message sent by the first station, where the first message includes first configuration information, where the first configuration information includes configuration information of a scheduling request SR or a sounding reference signal SRS or a data sending Configuration information;
发送信息单元 1202, 用于发送第二消息给所述终端, 所述第二消息包含所 述第一配置信息,所述第一配置信息用于所述终端向所述第一站点发送第一接 入信息以接入所述第一站点进行通信, 所述第一接入信息是所述 SR或者所述 The sending information unit 1202 is configured to send a second message to the terminal, where the second message includes the first configuration information, where the first configuration information is used by the terminal to send a first connection to the first station. Incoming information to access the first station for communication, the first access information is the SR or the
SRS或者 ACK或者 NACK或者所述数据。 SRS or ACK or NACK or the data.
其中,所述第一配置信息用于所述终端向所述第一站点发送第一接入信息 以接入所述第一站点进行通信, 使得所述终端不向所述第一站点发起随机接 入,而直接向所述第一站点发送所述第一接入信息以接入所述第一站点;或者, 直接向所述第一站点发送所述第一接入信息以接入所述第一站点; 或者, 向所述第一站点发送所述第一接入信息代替执行随机接入,以接入所述第 一站点。  The first configuration information is used by the terminal to send first access information to the first station to access the first station for communication, so that the terminal does not initiate random connection to the first station. And directly transmitting the first access information to the first station to access the first station; or directly sending the first access information to the first station to access the first Or a first station; or sending the first access information to the first station instead of performing random access to access the first station.
本实施例中所述第一消息, 还包括:  The first message in this embodiment further includes:
第二配置信息, 所述第二配置信息是所述终端与所述第一站点的 TA=0, 或者,  The second configuration information, where the second configuration information is TA=0 of the terminal and the first station, or
第一指示信息;  First indication information;
所述第二配置信息或者第一指示信息, 用于指示不向所述第一站点发起随机接入, 或者, The second configuration information or the first indication information, Used to indicate that random access is not initiated to the first site, or
用于指示不向所述第一站点发起随机接入,直接发送所述第一接入信息以 接入所述第一站点; 或者,  And indicating that the first access information is not directly sent to the first station, and the first access information is directly sent to access the first station; or
用于指示直接发送所述第一接入信息以接入所述第一站点; 或者, 用于指示发送所述第一接入信息代替执行随机接入, 以接入所述第一站 点。  And indicating to directly send the first access information to access the first station; or, to indicate sending the first access information instead of performing random access, to access the first site.
进一步地,  further,
所述发送信息单元 1202,还用于发送第三消息给第一站点, 所述第三消息 用于请求将终端的用户面切换, 或者控制面切换, 或者控制面和用户面分别切 换到不同站点。  The sending information unit 1202 is further configured to send a third message to the first station, where the third message is used to request that the user plane of the terminal is switched, or the control plane is switched, or the control plane and the user plane are respectively switched to different sites. .
其中, 所述用户面切换包括:  The user plane switching includes:
所述终端的用户面切换; 或者,  User plane switching of the terminal; or
所述终端的 DRB切换; 或者,  The DRB switching of the terminal; or
所述终端的用户面承载切换; 或者,  User plane bearer switching of the terminal; or
所述终端的用户面从本地所述第二站点切换至所述第一站点; 或者, 所述终端的用户面数据的传输从所述第二站点本地切换至所述第一站点; 或者,  The user plane of the terminal is switched from the local second site to the first site; or the transmission of the user plane data of the terminal is locally switched from the second site to the first site; or
所述终端的用户数据的传输从所述第三站点切换至所述第一站点; 或者, 在所述第一站点上建立所述终端的用户面; 或者,  The transmission of the user data of the terminal is switched from the third site to the first site; or the user plane of the terminal is established on the first site; or
在所述第一站点上建立所述终端的承载 /DRB/用户面承载; 或者, 为所述终端增加用于所述终端用户数据传输的小区, 其中, 所述小区为所 述第一站点的小区。  Establishing a bearer/DRB/user plane bearer of the terminal at the first site; or adding a cell for the terminal user data transmission to the terminal, where the cell is the first site Community.
所述控制面切换包括:  The control plane switching includes:
所述终端的控制面切换; 或者,  Switching the control plane of the terminal; or
所述终端的 SRB切换; 或者,  SRB switching of the terminal; or
所述终端的控制面从所述第二站点切换至所述第一站点; 或者, 所述终端的控制面数据的传输从所述第二站点切换至所述第一站点; 或 者,  The control plane of the terminal is switched from the second station to the first station; or the transmission of control plane data of the terminal is switched from the second station to the first station; or
所述终端的控制信令的传输从所述第二站点切换至所述第一站点; 或者, 所述终端的控制信令的传输和部分用户数据的传输从所述第二站点切换 至所述第一站点。 Transmitting control signaling of the terminal from the second station to the first station; or The transmission of the control signaling of the terminal and the transmission of part of the user data are switched from the second station to the first station.
本实施例中所述第一配置信息, 包括以下至少一项:  The first configuration information in this embodiment includes at least one of the following:
所述 SR的时频资源信息、所述 SR的配置索引(SR CONFIGURE INDEX )、 所述 SR的物理上行链路控制信道资源块索引 ( SR PUCCH resource index )、 所 述 SRS的时频资源信息、 所述 SRS上行配置信息单元。  The time-frequency resource information of the SR, the configuration index of the SR (SR CONFIGURE INDEX), the physical uplink control channel resource block index (SR PUCCH resource index) of the SR, the time-frequency resource information of the SRS, The SRS uplink configuration information element.
进一步地,  further,
所述发送信息单元 1202,还用于接收所述终端的第四消息, 所述第四消息 用于通知所述终端完成配置。  The sending information unit 1202 is further configured to receive a fourth message of the terminal, where the fourth message is used to notify the terminal to complete configuration.
所述发送信息单元 1202,还用于发送第五消息给第一站点, 所述第五消息 用于通知所述第一站点所述终端完成配置, 和 /或, 通知所述第一站点与所述 终端通信。  The sending information unit 1202 is further configured to send a fifth message to the first station, where the fifth message is used to notify the first station that the terminal completes configuration, and/or notify the first station and the Terminal communication.
所述接收信息单元 1201 ,还用于接收第一站点发送的激活消息, 所述第一 站点发送的激活消息用于指示所述终端直接与所述第一站点进行通信或指示 所述终端向所述第一站点发送第一接入信息,所述第一接入信息用于请求或者 激活与所述第一站点通信;  The receiving information unit 1201 is further configured to receive an activation message sent by the first station, where the activation message sent by the first station is used to indicate that the terminal directly communicates with the first station or indicates that the terminal is located Transmitting, by the first station, first access information, where the first access information is used to request or activate communication with the first station;
或,  Or,
所述发送信息单元 1202,还用于发送激活消息给终端, 用于指示所述终端 直接与所述第一站点进行通信或指示所述终端向所述第一站点发送第一接入 信息, 所述第一接入信息用于请求或者激活与所述第一站点通信;  The sending information unit 1202 is further configured to send an activation message to the terminal, to indicate that the terminal directly communicates with the first station, or that the terminal sends the first access information to the first station, where Decoding the first access information for requesting or activating communication with the first site;
或,  Or,
所述发送信息单元 1202 , 还用于发送激活消息给所述终端和所述第一站 点, 通知所述终端和所述第一站点进行通信;  The sending information unit 1202 is further configured to send an activation message to the terminal and the first station, to notify the terminal to communicate with the first station;
或,  Or,
所述发送信息单元 1202 ,还用于将接收的所述第一消息中包含的所述终端 向所述第一站点发送 RRC连接重配置完成消息 /切换完成消息的时频资源信 息, 发送给终端。  The sending information unit 1202 is further configured to send, to the terminal, the time-frequency resource information of the RRC connection reconfiguration complete message/handover completion message sent by the terminal included in the received first message to the first station. .
本实施例中所述第一消息还包含以下至少一项:  The first message in this embodiment further includes at least one of the following:
所述终端的源用户面基站的基站标示、所述终端的源用户面基站的小区标 示、 所述终端的源控制面基站的标示、 所述终端的源控制面基站的小区标示、 所述终端进行切换的目标基站的标示及所述终端进行切换的目标小区标示。 The base station of the source user plane base station of the terminal, and the cell mark of the source user plane base station of the terminal The indication of the source control plane base station of the terminal, the cell identifier of the source control plane base station of the terminal, the identifier of the target base station that the terminal performs handover, and the target cell identifier of the handover of the terminal.
本实施例中所述第一消息还包含:  The first message in this embodiment further includes:
所述终端在控制面切换时维护与用户面基站的配置的指示信息, 或者, 所 述终端在用户面切换时维护与控制面基站的配置的指示信息。  The terminal maintains the indication information of the configuration with the user plane base station when the control plane is switched, or the indication information of the configuration of the control plane base station is maintained when the terminal switches at the user plane.
所述第一接入信息的配置信息包含以下至少一项:  The configuration information of the first access information includes at least one of the following:
媒体接入控制 MAC层的配置信息, 分组数据汇聚协议 PDCP层的配置信 息, 无线链路控制协议 RLC层的配置信息, 物理层 PHY的配置信息, 数据无线 承载 DRB ( s ) 的配置信息, 逻辑信道的配置信息, 分组数据汇聚协议序列号 PDCP SN。  Media access control MAC layer configuration information, packet data convergence protocol PDCP layer configuration information, radio link control protocol RLC layer configuration information, physical layer PHY configuration information, data radio bearer DRB (s) configuration information, logic Channel configuration information, packet data convergence protocol sequence number PDCP SN.
所述发送信息单元 1202,还用于发送第一指示消息给所述第三站点, 所述 第一指示消息用于指示所述第三站点停止与所述终端的通信。  The sending information unit 1202 is further configured to send a first indication message to the third station, where the first indication message is used to instruct the third station to stop communication with the terminal.
本实施例中, 所述站点还可以进一步包括:  In this embodiment, the site may further include:
建立通道单元 1203 , 用于与所述第一站点建立数据传输通道;  Establishing a channel unit 1203, configured to establish a data transmission channel with the first station;
或,  Or,
所述建立通道单元 1203 , 用于与所述第一站点建立数据传输通道, 所述发 送消息单元, 还用于发送所述终端的数据给第一站点。  The establishing channel unit 1203 is configured to establish a data transmission channel with the first station, where the sending message unit is further configured to send data of the terminal to the first station.
所述发送信息单元 1202 , 还用于发送第二指示消息给所述第三站点, 所 述第二指示消息用于指示所述第三站点释放为所述终端的预留的资源,或者所 述终端的配置信息, 或者所述终端的上下文信息。  The sending information unit 1202 is further configured to send a second indication message to the third station, where the second indication message is used to indicate that the third station releases the reserved resource for the terminal, or Configuration information of the terminal, or context information of the terminal.
所述发送信息单元 1202,还用于发送第三指示消息给所述第三站点, 所述 第三指示消息用于指示所述第三站点继续与所述终端通信。  The sending information unit 1202 is further configured to send a third indication message to the third station, where the third indication message is used to indicate that the third station continues to communicate with the terminal.
本发明实施例中的站点中各单元实现各自功能的具体过程与前述图 7至图 9所示实施例中描述的过程相同, 此处不再赘述。  The specific process for implementing the respective functions of the units in the site in the embodiment of the present invention is the same as the process described in the foregoing embodiments shown in FIG. 7 to FIG. 9, and details are not described herein again.
本发明实施例中,接收第二站点发送的第二消息, 所述第二消息用于将终 端进行切换或者为所述终端增加至少一个用于数据传输的小区,第一站点发送 第一消息给所述第二站点, 所述第一消息包含第一配置信息, 其中所述第一配 置信息包含调度请求 SR的配置信息或者探测参考信号 SRS的配置信息或者发 送数据的配置信息 ,所述第一配置信息用于所述终端向所述第一站点发送第一 接入信息以接入所述第一站点, 无需先执行随机接入, 即需先向目标基站请求 资源, 因此, 加快了 UE与目标基站的接入速度, 减少了 UE与目标基站之间的 信令交互过程, 从而减少接入目标基站的时延。 In the embodiment of the present invention, the second message sent by the second station is received, where the second message is used to switch the terminal or add at least one cell for data transmission to the terminal, and the first station sends the first message to The first site, the first message includes first configuration information, where the first configuration information includes configuration information of a scheduling request SR or configuration information of a sounding reference signal SRS or configuration information of sending data, the first The configuration information is used by the terminal to send the first to the first station Accessing the information to access the first station, without first performing random access, that is, first requesting resources from the target base station, thereby speeding up the access speed between the UE and the target base station, and reducing the connection between the UE and the target base station. Signaling interaction process, thereby reducing the delay of accessing the target base station.
请参阅图 13 , 本发明实施例还提供了一种接入站点的系统, 包括: 终, 1301 , 第一站点 1302, 第二站点 1303 ;  Referring to FIG. 13, an embodiment of the present invention further provides a system for accessing a website, including: a terminal, 1301, a first station 1302, and a second station 1303;
其中, 所述终端 1301 , 用于接收第二站点发送的第一消息, 所述第一消息 包含第一配置信息, 所述第一配置信息包含调度请求 SR的配置信息或者探测 参考信号 SRS的配置信息或者发送数据用的配置信息; 根据所述第一配置信 息, 向第一站点发送第一接入信息以接入所述第一站点进行通信,所述第一接 所述第一站点 1302, 用于为第二站点生成第一消息; 发送第一消息给所述 第二站点, 所述第一消息包含第一配置信息, 其中所述第一配置信息包含调度 请求 SR的配置信息或者探测参考信号 SRS的配置信息或者发送数据的配置信 息,所述第一配置信息用于所述终端向所述第一站点发送第一接入信息以接入 所述第一站点,所述第一接入信息是所述 SR或者所述 SRS或者 ACK或者 NACK 或者所述数据;  The terminal 1301 is configured to receive a first message sent by the second station, where the first message includes first configuration information, where the first configuration information includes configuration information of a scheduling request SR or a configuration of a sounding reference signal SRS. Information or configuration information for transmitting data; transmitting, according to the first configuration information, first access information to the first station to access the first station for communication, where the first station is connected to the first station 1302, And a first message is sent to the second station, where the first message includes the first configuration information, where the first configuration information includes configuration information or a probe reference of the scheduling request SR. The configuration information of the signal SRS or the configuration information of the sent data, where the first configuration information is used by the terminal to send the first access information to the first station to access the first station, where the first access The information is the SR or the SRS or ACK or NACK or the data;
所述第二站点 1303 , 用于接收第一站点发送的第一消息, 所述第一消息包 含第一配置信息, 所述第一配置信息包含调度请求 SR或者探测参考信号 SRS 的配置信息或者发送数据的配置信息; 发送第二消息给所述终端, 所述第二消 息包含所述第一配置信息,所述第一配置信息用于所述终端向所述第一站点发 送第一接入信息以接入所述第一站点进行通信, 所述第一接入信息是所述 SR 或者所述 SRS或者 ACK或者 NACK或者所述数据。  The second station 1303 is configured to receive a first message sent by the first station, where the first message includes first configuration information, where the first configuration information includes configuration information of the scheduling request SR or the sounding reference signal SRS or is sent. Sending a second message to the terminal, the second message includes the first configuration information, where the first configuration information is used by the terminal to send the first access information to the first station Communicating by accessing the first station, the first access information is the SR or the SRS or ACK or NACK or the data.
本发明实施例中的接入站点的系统中的终端、第一站点及第二站点实现各 自功能的具体过程与前述图 1至图 12所示实施例中描述的过程相同, 此处不再 赘述。  The specific process of the terminal, the first site, and the second site in the system for accessing the site in the embodiment of the present invention is the same as the process described in the foregoing embodiment shown in FIG. 1 to FIG. 12, and details are not described herein again. .
本实施例中的处理测试参数的装置的各功能模块的功能可以根据上述方 法实施例中的方法具体实现,具体实现过程可以参照上述方法实施例的相关描 述, 此处不再赘述。  The functions of the functional modules of the device for processing the test parameters in this embodiment may be specifically implemented according to the method in the foregoing method embodiment. For the specific implementation process, reference may be made to the related description of the foregoing method embodiments, and details are not described herein again.
本领域技术人员可以理解实现上述实施例方法中的全部或部分步骤是可 以通过程序来指令相关的硬件完成,所述的程序可以存储于一种计算机可读存 储介质中, 上述提到的存储介质可以是只读存储器, 磁盘或光盘等。 Those skilled in the art can understand that all or part of the steps in the method of implementing the above embodiments are The instructions are stored in a computer readable storage medium, which may be a read only memory, a magnetic disk or an optical disk, or the like.
以上对本发明所提供的一种接入站点的方法、 装置及系统进行了详细介 绍, 对于本领域的技术人员, 依据本发明实施例的思想, 在具体实施方式及应 用范围上均会有改变之处, 综上所述, 本说明书内容不应理解为对本发明的限 制。  The method, device, and system for accessing an access site provided by the present invention are described in detail above. For those skilled in the art, according to the idea of the embodiment of the present invention, the specific implementation manner and application scope may be changed. In the above, the contents of this specification are not to be construed as limiting the invention.
+ +

Claims

权 利 要 求 Rights request
1、 一种接入站点的方法, 其特征在于, 包括: 1. A method of accessing a site, characterized by: including:
接收第二站点发送的第一消息, 所述第一消息包含第一配置信息, 所述第 一配置信息包含调度请求 SR的配置信息或者探测参考信号 SRS的配置信息或 者发送数据用的配置信息; Receive a first message sent by the second station, where the first message includes first configuration information, and the first configuration information includes configuration information of the scheduling request SR or configuration information of the sounding reference signal SRS or configuration information for transmitting data;
根据所述第一配置信息,向第一站点发送第一接入信息以接入所述第一站 点进行通信,所述第一接入信息是所述 SR或者所述 SRS或者 ACK或者 NACK 或者所述数据。 According to the first configuration information, send first access information to the first station to access the first station for communication, where the first access information is the SR or the SRS or ACK or NACK or the Describe the data.
2、 根据权利要求 1所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述向第一站点发送第一 接入信息以接入所述第一站点进行通信, 包括: 2. The method according to claim 1, characterized in that: sending the first access information to the first site to access the first site for communication includes:
不向所述第一站点发起随机接入,而直接向所述第一站点发送所述第一接 入信息以接入所述第一站点; 或者 Not initiating random access to the first site, but directly sending the first access information to the first site to access the first site; or
直接向所述第一站点发送所述第一接入信息以接入所述第一站点; 或者 向所述第一站点发送所述第一接入信息代替执行随机接入,以接入所述第 一站点。 Send the first access information directly to the first station to access the first station; or send the first access information to the first station instead of performing random access to access the first station. First site.
3、 根据权利要求 1所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述第一消息, 还包括: 第二配置信息, 所述第二配置信息是 UE与第一站点的 TA=0, 或者 第一指示信息; 3. The method according to claim 1, characterized in that the first message further includes: second configuration information, the second configuration information is TA=0 between the UE and the first station, or a first indication information;
所述第二配置信息或者第一指示信息, the second configuration information or first indication information,
用于指示不向所述第一站点发起随机接入, 或者 Used to indicate not to initiate random access to the first station, or
用于指示不向所述第一站点发起随机接入,直接发送所述第一接入信息以 接入所述第一站点; 或者 Used to indicate not to initiate random access to the first site, but to directly send the first access information to access the first site; or
用于指示直接发送所述第一接入信息以接入所述第一站点; 或者 用于指示发送所述第一接入信息代替执行随机接入, 以接入所述第一站 点。 used to instruct to send the first access information directly to access the first site; or to instruct to send the first access information instead of performing random access to access the first site.
4、 根据权利要求 3所述的方法, 其特征在于, 4. The method according to claim 3, characterized in that,
所述配置信息或者第一指示信息是第一站点发送给所述第二站点的。 The configuration information or first indication information is sent by the first station to the second station.
5、 根据权利要求 1所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述向所述第一站点发送 第一接入信息以接入所述第一站点进行通信, 包括: 5. The method according to claim 1, characterized in that: sending the first access information to the first site to access the first site for communication includes:
根据所述 SR的配置信息, 在发送所述 SR的资源块上向所述第一站点发 送 ACK/NACK , 以接入所述第一站点进行通信; According to the configuration information of the SR, send the SR to the first station on the resource block where the SR is sent. Send ACK/NACK to access the first site for communication;
或者 or
根据所述 SR的配置信息, 在发送所述 SR的资源块上向所述第一站点发 送 ACK/NACK, 使得所述第一站点根据所述 ACK/NACK获取所述 SR。 According to the configuration information of the SR, an ACK/NACK is sent to the first station on the resource block in which the SR is sent, so that the first station obtains the SR according to the ACK/NACK.
6、 根据权利要求 1所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述接收到第二站点发送 的第一消息之后还包括: 6. The method according to claim 1, characterized in that, after receiving the first message sent by the second station, the method further includes:
根据所述第一消息直接与所述第一站点通信。 Communicate directly with the first site based on the first message.
7、 根据权利要求 6所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述根据所述第一消息直 接与所述第一站点通信包括: 7. The method according to claim 6, wherein the directly communicating with the first site according to the first message includes:
获取所述第一消息中包含发送数据的配置信息,所述发送数据的配置信息 是所述第一站点分配的调度资源信息,在分配的调度资源上接收或者发送数据 给所述第一站点; Obtain the configuration information for sending data contained in the first message, the configuration information for sending data is the scheduling resource information allocated by the first site, and receive or send data to the first site on the allocated scheduling resources;
根据所述第一消息在分配的调度资源上直接与所述第一站点通信。 Communicate directly with the first site on allocated scheduling resources according to the first message.
8、 根据权利要求 1至 7任一项所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述接收第二 站点发送的第一消息之后包括: 8. The method according to any one of claims 1 to 7, characterized in that, after receiving the first message sent by the second site, the step includes:
根据接收的所述第一站点发送的激活消息, 直接与所述第一站点进行通 信; Directly communicate with the first station according to the received activation message sent by the first station;
or
根据接收的所述第二站点转发的所述第一站点发送的激活消息,直接与所 述第一站点进行通信; Communicate directly with the first site according to the received activation message sent by the first site forwarded by the second site;
or
根据接收的所述第二站点发送的激活消息, 直接与所述第一站点进行通 信。 Directly communicate with the first station according to the received activation message sent by the second station.
9、 根据权利要求 1至 7任一项所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述接收第二 站点发送的第一消息之后包括: 9. The method according to any one of claims 1 to 7, characterized in that, after receiving the first message sent by the second site, the step includes:
向所述第一站点发送第一接入信息以接入所述第一站点进行通信; 或 根据接收的所述第一站点发送的激活消息,向所述第一站点发送第一接入 信息以接入所述第一站点进行通信; Send first access information to the first site to access the first site for communication; or send first access information to the first site according to the received activation message sent by the first site. Access the first site for communication;
or
根据接收的所述第二站点转发的所述第一站点发送的激活消息,向所述第 一站点发送第一接入信息以接入所述第一站点进行通信; According to the received activation message sent by the first station and forwarded by the second station, send the message to the third station. A station sends first access information to access the first station for communication;
or
根据接收的所述第二站点发送的激活消息,向所述第一站点发送第一接入 信息以接入所述第一站点进行通信; According to the received activation message sent by the second station, send the first access information to the first station to access the first station for communication;
or
根据所述第一消息中包含的带宽信息或者时频资源信息, 发送 RRC连接 重配置完成消息 /切换完成消息给所述第一站点, 以接入所述第一站点进行通 信。 According to the bandwidth information or time-frequency resource information contained in the first message, send an RRC connection reconfiguration completion message/handover completion message to the first site to access the first site for communication.
10、 根据权利要求 1至 9任一项所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述向所述第 一站点发送所述第一接入信息以接入所述第一站点进行通信之后包括: 10. The method according to any one of claims 1 to 9, wherein the sending the first access information to the first site to access the first site for communication includes:
若向所述第一站点发送的所述第一接入信息为 SR, 则接收所述第一站点 根据所述 SR分配的带宽的信息; If the first access information sent to the first station is an SR, receive information about the bandwidth allocated by the first station according to the SR;
根据所分配的带宽发送 RRC重配置完成消息 /切换完成消息给所述第一站 点。 Send an RRC reconfiguration complete message/handover complete message to the first station according to the allocated bandwidth.
11、 根据权利要求 1至 10任一项所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述 SR的 配置信息包括: 11. The method according to any one of claims 1 to 10, characterized in that the configuration information of the SR includes:
所述 SR的时频资源信息(SR resource ), 所述 SR的配置索引, 或者调度 所述 SR的物理上行链路控制信道 PUCCH资源块索引。 The time-frequency resource information (SR resource) of the SR, the configuration index of the SR, or the physical uplink control channel PUCCH resource block index of the scheduled SR.
12、 根据权利要求 1至 10任一项所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述 SRS的 配置信息包括: 12. The method according to any one of claims 1 to 10, characterized in that the configuration information of the SRS includes:
所述 SRS的时频资源信息和 /或所述 SRS上行配置信息单元。 The time-frequency resource information of the SRS and/or the SRS uplink configuration information unit.
13、根据权利要求 1-10任一项所述的方法, 其特征在于, 当所述 SR的配 置信息包括所述 SR的配置索引及调度所述 SR的 PUCCH资源块索引时, 所 述向所述第一站点发送所述第一接入信息以接入所述第一站点进行通信包括: 根据所述 SR配置索引, 获得发送所述 SR的子帧信息; 13. The method according to any one of claims 1 to 10, characterized in that, when the configuration information of the SR includes the configuration index of the SR and the PUCCH resource block index for scheduling the SR, the The first station sending the first access information to access the first station for communication includes: obtaining the subframe information for sending the SR according to the SR configuration index;
根据所述 SR的 PUCCH资源块索引, 获取发送所述 SR的资源块信息; 在所述子帧的资源块上向所述第一站点发送所述 SR 或者 ACK或者 NACK„ According to the PUCCH resource block index of the SR, obtain the resource block information for sending the SR; send the SR or ACK or NACK to the first station on the resource block of the subframe.
14、 根据权利要求 5所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述在发送所述 SR的资 源块上向所述第一站点发送 ACK/NACK, 包括: 所述在发送所述 SR的资源块上向所述第一站点发送 ACK/NACK, 是与 所述第一站点第一次通信。 14. The method according to claim 5, characterized in that: sending ACK/NACK to the first station on the resource block in which the SR is sent includes: Sending ACK/NACK to the first station on the resource block for sending the SR is the first communication with the first station.
15、 根据权利要求 5所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述在发送所述 SR的资 源块上向所述第一站点发送 ACK/NACK之前, 包括: 15. The method according to claim 5, wherein before sending ACK/NACK to the first station on the resource block in which the SR is sent, the method includes:
没有接收用于向所述第一站点反馈 ACK/NACK的资源信息; 或者 与所述第一站点没有进行 HARQ或者 ARQ通信。 Resource information for feeding back ACK/NACK to the first station is not received; or there is no HARQ or ARQ communication with the first station.
16、 根据权利要求 5所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述在发送所述 SR的资 源块上向所述第一站点发送 ACK/NACK , 使得所述第一站点根据所述 ACK/NACK获取所述 SR包括: 16. The method according to claim 5, characterized in that: sending ACK/NACK to the first station on the resource block for sending the SR, so that the first station obtains the ACK/NACK according to the ACK/NACK. The SR includes:
在发送所述 SR的 PUCCH资源块上发送 ACK/NACK,使得所述第一站点 获得所述 SR, 以接入所述第一站点进行通信。 ACK/NACK is sent on the PUCCH resource block where the SR is sent, so that the first station obtains the SR to access the first station for communication.
17、根据权利要求 5所述的方法,其特征在于,所述发送所述 SR的 PUCCH 资源块上向所述第一站点发送 ACK/NACK , 使得所述第一站点根据所述 ACK/NACK获取所述 SR包括: 17. The method according to claim 5, characterized in that the PUCCH resource block sending the SR is sent to the first station on the PUCCH resource block, so that the first station obtains the ACK/NACK according to the ACK/NACK. The SR includes:
在发送所述 SR的 PUCCH资源块上发送 ACK/NACK,使得所述第一站点 获得所述 SR, 以接入所述第一站点进行通信, 所述 SR为发送给所述第一站 点的第一个 SR。 Send ACK/NACK on the PUCCH resource block that sends the SR, so that the first station obtains the SR to access the first station for communication, where the SR is the first station sent to the first station. A SR.
18、 根据权利要求 1至 17任一项所述的方法, 其特征在于, 18. The method according to any one of claims 1 to 17, characterized in that,
所述第一消息还包含: 所述第一站点发送的 RRC 连接重配置完成消息 / 切换完成消息的时频资源信息; The first message also includes: time-frequency resource information of the RRC connection reconfiguration complete message/handover complete message sent by the first station;
所述向所述第一站点发送所述第一接入信息以接入所述第一站点进行通 信包括: Sending the first access information to the first site to access the first site for communication includes:
在所述时频资源上发送所述 RRC连接重配置完成消息 /切换完成消息, 以 接入第一站点。 The RRC connection reconfiguration completion message/handover completion message is sent on the time-frequency resource to access the first site.
19、 根据权利要求 1-18所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述向所述第一站点 发送第一接入信息以接入所述第一站点进行通信, 包括: 19. The method according to claims 1-18, characterized in that: sending first access information to the first site to access the first site for communication includes:
向所述第一站点发送第一接入信息以请求或者激活与所述第一站点进行 通信。 First access information is sent to the first station to request or activate communication with the first station.
20、 根据权利要求 1至 19任一项所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述第一消 息还包括: 指示信息, 所述指示信息用于指示 用户面切换; 或者 20. The method according to any one of claims 1 to 19, characterized in that the first message further includes: indication information, the indication information is used to indicate User plane switching; or
DRB切换; 或者 DRB switching; or
用户面承载切换; 或者 User plane bearer switching; or
用户面从所述第二站点切换至所述第一站点; 或者 The user plane switches from the second site to the first site; or
用户面数据的传输从所述第二站点切换至所述第一站点; 或者 The transmission of user plane data is switched from the second site to the first site; or
用户数据的传输从所述第三站点切换至所述第一站点; 或者 The transmission of user data is switched from the third site to the first site; or
在所述第一站点上建立用户面; 或者 Establish a user interface on the first site; or
在所述第一站点上建立承载 /DRB/用户面承载; 或者 Establish a bearer/DRB/user plane bearer on the first site; or
增加用于用户数据传输的小区, 其中, 所述小区为所述第一站点的小区。 Add a cell for user data transmission, where the cell is a cell of the first site.
21、 根据权利要求 1至 20任一项所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述第一消 息还包括: 21. The method according to any one of claims 1 to 20, characterized in that the first message further includes:
指示信息, 所述指示信息用于指示 Instruction information, the instruction information is used to indicate
控制面切换; 或者 Control plane switching; or
SRB切换; 或者 SRB switching; or
控制面从所述第二站点切换至所述第一站点; 或者 The control plane is switched from the second site to the first site; or
控制面数据的传输从所述第二站点切换至所述第一站点; 或者 The transmission of control plane data is switched from the second site to the first site; or
控制信令的传输从所述第二站点切换至所述第一站点; 或者 The transmission of control signaling is switched from the second site to the first site; or
控制信令的传输和部分用户数据的传输从所述第二站点切换至所述第一 站点。 The transmission of control signaling and partial user data is switched from the second site to the first site.
22、 根据权利要求 1至 20任一项所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述第一消 息还包含以下至少一项: 22. The method according to any one of claims 1 to 20, characterized in that the first message further includes at least one of the following:
所述第一站点的标示信息、所述第一站点的小区标示信息、所述第一站点 的载波信息及所述第一站点的小区的载波信息、 第一站点分配的调度资源信 息。 The identification information of the first site, the cell identification information of the first site, the carrier information of the first site, the carrier information of the cell of the first site, and the scheduling resource information allocated by the first site.
23、 根据权利要求 1至 22任一项所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述第一消 息还包含: 23. The method according to any one of claims 1 to 22, characterized in that the first message further includes:
在控制面切换时维护与用户面基站的配置信息或者配置指示信息, 或者, 在用户面切换时维护与控制面基站的配置信息或者指示信息。 Maintain configuration information or configuration instruction information with the user plane base station during control plane handover, or maintain configuration information or instruction information with the control plane base station during user plane handover.
24、 根据权利要求 1至 23任一项所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述第一消 息还包含以下至少一项: 媒体介入控制 MAC层的配置信息, 分组数据汇聚协议 PDCP层的配置 信息, 无线链路控制协议 RLC层的配置信息, 物理层 PHY的配置信息, 数据 无线承载 DRB ( s ) 的配置信息, 逻辑信道的配置信息, 分组数据汇聚协议序 列号 PDCP SN。 24. The method according to any one of claims 1 to 23, characterized in that the first message further includes at least one of the following: Media intervention control MAC layer configuration information, packet data convergence protocol PDCP layer configuration information, radio link control protocol RLC layer configuration information, physical layer PHY configuration information, data radio bearer DRB (s) configuration information, logical channel Configuration information, Packet Data Convergence Protocol Serial Number PDCP SN.
25、 根据权利要求 1所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述 ACK或者 NACK, 包括: 25. The method according to claim 1, characterized in that the ACK or NACK includes:
所述 ACK或者 NACK是一个特殊的 SR; 或者 The ACK or NACK is a special SR; or
所述 ACK或者 NACK是与所述第一站点通信的第一个 SR; 或者 所述 ACK或者 NACK是用于代替执行随机接入, 以接入所述第一站点。 The ACK or NACK is the first SR communicated with the first station; or the ACK or NACK is used to replace the random access to access the first station.
26、 一种接入站点的方法, 其特征在于, 包括: 26. A method of accessing a site, characterized by including:
为第二站点生成第一消息; generating the first message for the second site;
发送第一消息给所述第二站点, 所述第一消息包含第一配置信息, 其中所 述第一配置信息包含调度请求 SR的配置信息或者探测参考信号 SRS的配置信 息或者发送数据的配置信息,所述第一配置信息用于所述终端向所述第一站点 发送第一接入信息以接入所述第一站点, 所述第一接入信息是所述 SR或者所 述 SRS或者 ACK或者 NACK或者所述数据。 Send a first message to the second station, where the first message includes first configuration information, where the first configuration information includes configuration information of the scheduling request SR or configuration information of the sounding reference signal SRS or configuration information of sending data. , the first configuration information is used by the terminal to send first access information to the first site to access the first site, where the first access information is the SR or the SRS or ACK Or NACK or the data.
27、 根据权利要求 26所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述第一配置信息用于 所述终端向第一站点发送第一接入信息以接入所述第一站点进行通信, 包括: 所述第一配置信息用于, 所述终端不向所述第一站点发起随机接入, 而直 接向所述第一站点发送所述第一接入信息以接入所述第一站点; 或者 27. The method according to claim 26, wherein the first configuration information is used by the terminal to send first access information to the first site to access the first site for communication, including: The first configuration information is used for the terminal not to initiate random access to the first site, but to directly send the first access information to the first site to access the first site; or
所述终端直接向所述第一站点发送所述第一接入信息以接入所述第一站 点; 或者 The terminal directly sends the first access information to the first site to access the first site; or
所述终端向所述第一站点发送所述第一接入信息代替执行随机接入,以接 入所述第一站点。 The terminal sends the first access information to the first station instead of performing random access to access the first station.
28、 根据权利要求 26所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述第一消息, 还包括: 第二配置信息, 所述第二配置信息是所述终端与第一站点的 TA=0, 或者 第一指示信息; 28. The method according to claim 26, characterized in that the first message further includes: second configuration information, the second configuration information is TA=0 between the terminal and the first site, or a third 1. instruction information;
所述第二配置信息或者第一指示信息, the second configuration information or first indication information,
用于指示所述终端不向所述第一站点发起随机接入, 或者 used to instruct the terminal not to initiate random access to the first site, or
用于指示所述终端不向所述第一站点发起随机接入,直接发送所述第一接 入信息以接入所述第一站点; 或者 Used to instruct the terminal not to initiate random access to the first site and directly send the first access Enter information to access the first site; or
用于指示所述终端直接发送所述第一接入信息以接入所述第一站点;或者 用于指示所述终端发送所述第一接入信息代替执行随机接入,以接入所述 第一站点。 For instructing the terminal to directly send the first access information to access the first site; or for instructing the terminal to send the first access information instead of performing random access to access the first site. First site.
29、 根据权利要求 26所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述发送第一消息给所 述第二站点之前包括: 29. The method according to claim 26, characterized in that before sending the first message to the second site, the step includes:
接收第二站点发送的第二消息,所述第二消息用于将终端进行切换或者为 所述终端增加至少一个小区。 Receive a second message sent by the second station, where the second message is used to switch the terminal or add at least one cell to the terminal.
30、 根据权利要求 26所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述发送第一消息给所 述第二站点之后包括: 30. The method according to claim 26, wherein the sending the first message to the second site includes:
接收所述第二站点发送的第三消息,所述第三消息用于通知所述终端完成 配置和 /或用于通知开始与所述终端通信。 Receive a third message sent by the second station, where the third message is used to notify the terminal to complete configuration and/or to notify to start communication with the terminal.
31、 根据权利要求 26所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述发送第一消息给所 述第二站点之后还包括: 31. The method according to claim 26, wherein after sending the first message to the second site, the method further includes:
接收所述终端发送的数据, 开始与终端通信; Receive the data sent by the terminal and start communicating with the terminal;
or
接收所述终端发送第一接入信息,所述第一接入信息用于请求或者激活与 所述终端通信。 Receive first access information sent by the terminal, where the first access information is used to request or activate communication with the terminal.
32、 根据权利要求 26所述的方法, 其特征在于, 还包括: 32. The method of claim 26, further comprising:
接收所述第二站点发送的激活消息,所述激活消息用于请求或者激活与终 端的通信; Receive an activation message sent by the second station, the activation message being used to request or activate communication with the terminal;
接收所述终端的数据, 开始与终端通信, 或者, 接收到所述终端发送第一 接入信息, 所述第一接入信息用于所述终端接入进行通信。 Receive data from the terminal and start communicating with the terminal, or receive first access information sent by the terminal, and the first access information is used for the terminal to access and communicate.
33、 根据权利要求 26或 30所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述接收到第一 站点发送的第一消息或者第三消息之后还包括: 33. The method according to claim 26 or 30, characterized in that, after receiving the first message or the third message sent by the first station, the method further includes:
发送激活消息给所述终端, 以请求或者激活与终端的通信; Send an activation message to the terminal to request or activate communication with the terminal;
接收所述终端的数据, 开始与终端通信, 或者, 接收所述终端发送第一接 入信息, 所述第一接入信息用于所述终端接入进行通信。 Receive data from the terminal and start communicating with the terminal, or receive first access information sent by the terminal, and the first access information is used for the terminal to access and communicate.
34、 根据权利要求 27所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述接收到第二站点发 送的第三消息之后还包括: 发送激活消息给所述第二站点,以使得所述第二站点发送第二激活消息给 所述终端, 以用于请求或者激活与终端的通信; 34. The method according to claim 27, wherein after receiving the third message sent by the second station, the method further includes: Send an activation message to the second station, so that the second station sends a second activation message to the terminal for requesting or activating communication with the terminal;
接收所述终端的数据, 开始与终端通信, 或者, 接收所述终端发送第一接 入信息, 所述第一接入信息用于所述终端接入进行通信。 Receive data from the terminal and start communicating with the terminal, or receive first access information sent by the terminal, and the first access information is used for the terminal to access and communicate.
35、 根据权利要求 26-34任一项所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述方法还包 括: 35. The method according to any one of claims 26-34, characterized in that the method further includes:
接收所述终端发送的第一接入信息; Receive the first access information sent by the terminal;
或者 or
接收所述终端发送的第一接入信息; Receive the first access information sent by the terminal;
若所述第一接入信息为 SR, 则在所述第一接入信息的配置信息中包含为 所述终端分配的带宽, 所述分配的带宽用于所述终端发送 RRC重配置完成消 息 /切换完成消息, 并在在所述分配的带宽上接收所述终端发送 RRC重配置完 成消息 /切换完成消息。 If the first access information is SR, the configuration information of the first access information includes the bandwidth allocated to the terminal, and the allocated bandwidth is used by the terminal to send the RRC reconfiguration complete message/ Handover complete message, and receive the RRC reconfiguration complete message/handover complete message sent by the terminal on the allocated bandwidth.
36、 根据权利要求 26-34所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述接收所述终端发 送的第一接入信息, 包括: 36. The method according to claims 26-34, characterized in that receiving the first access information sent by the terminal includes:
接收所述终端在所述 SR的资源块上发送的 ACK/NACK。 Receive the ACK/NACK sent by the terminal on the resource block of the SR.
37、 根据权利要求 36所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述接收所述终端在所 述 SR的资源块上发送的 ACK/NACK, 包括: 37. The method according to claim 36, wherein the receiving the ACK/NACK sent by the terminal on the resource block of the SR includes:
所述接收所述终端在所述 SR的资源块上发送的 ACK/NACK之前, 没有 为所述终端分配用于反馈 ACK/NACK的资源; 或者 Before receiving the ACK/NACK sent by the terminal on the resource block of the SR, no resources for feedback ACK/NACK are allocated to the terminal; or
所述接收所述终端在所述 SR的资源块上发送的 ACK/NACK之前, 没有 与所述终端进行 ARQ/HARQ通信; 或者 Before receiving the ACK/NACK sent by the terminal on the resource block of the SR, there is no ARQ/HARQ communication with the terminal; or
所述在发送所述 SR的资源块上向所述第一站点发送 ACK/NACK, 是与 所述第一站点第一次通信。 Sending ACK/NACK to the first station on the resource block for sending the SR is the first communication with the first station.
38、 根据权利要求 37所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述接收所述终端在所 述 SR的资源块上发送 ACK/NACK包括: 38. The method according to claim 37, wherein receiving the terminal to send ACK/NACK on the resource block of the SR includes:
接收所述终端在所述 SR 的资源块上发送 ACK/NACK , 并根据所述 ACK/NACK获取所述 SR, 使得所述终端接入进行通信。 Receive the terminal to send ACK/NACK on the resource block of the SR, and obtain the SR according to the ACK/NACK, so that the terminal accesses for communication.
39、 根据权利要求 38所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述接收所述终端在所 述 SR的资源块上发送 ACK/NACK, 并根据所述 ACK/NACK获得所述 SR, 以用于激活与所述终端的通信, 包括: 39. The method according to claim 38, characterized in that: the receiving terminal sends ACK/NACK on the resource block of the SR, and obtains the SR according to the ACK/NACK, To activate communication with the terminal, including:
在发送所述 SR的 PUCCH资源块上发送 ACK/NACK, 以获得所述 SR, 使得所述终端接入进行通信, 所述 SR为接收到所述终端发送的第一个 SR。 ACK/NACK is sent on the PUCCH resource block where the SR is sent, to obtain the SR, so that the terminal accesses for communication, and the SR is the first SR sent by the terminal.
40、 根据权利要求 26所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述第一配置信息, 包 括以下至少一项: 40. The method according to claim 26, characterized in that the first configuration information includes at least one of the following:
所述 SR的时频资源信息、 所述 SR的配置索引, 或者所述 SR的物理上 行链路控制信道 PUCCH资源块索引、 所述 SRS的时频资源信息、 或者所述 SRS上行配置信息单元。 The time-frequency resource information of the SR, the configuration index of the SR, or the physical uplink control channel PUCCH resource block index of the SR, the time-frequency resource information of the SRS, or the SRS uplink configuration information unit.
41、 根据权利要求 19至 40任一项所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述第二消 息还包含: 41. The method according to any one of claims 19 to 40, characterized in that the second message further includes:
所述终端发送 RRC连接重配置完成消息 /切换完成消息的时频资源信息。 The terminal sends the time-frequency resource information of the RRC connection reconfiguration complete message/handover complete message.
42、 根据权利要求 41所述的方法, 其特征在于, 还包含: 42. The method of claim 41, further comprising:
在所述时频资源上接收到所述终端发送的所述 RRC连接重配置完成消息 / 切换完成消息, 以开始与所述终端通信。 The RRC connection reconfiguration complete message/handover complete message sent by the terminal is received on the time-frequency resource to start communication with the terminal.
43、 根据权利要求 26至 42任一项所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述发送所 述第二消息给所述第二站点之后, 还包括: 43. The method according to any one of claims 26 to 42, characterized in that, after sending the second message to the second site, it further includes:
接收所述第二站点发送的第三消息,所述第三消息用于通知所述终端完成 配置和 /或通知开始与所述终端通信。 Receive a third message sent by the second station, the third message being used to notify the terminal to complete configuration and/or to notify to start communication with the terminal.
44、 根据权利要求 26至 43所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述第一接入信息 用于所述终端接入进行通信, 包括: 所述第一接入信息用于请求或者激活与所 述终端进行通信。 44. The method according to claims 26 to 43, characterized in that the first access information is used for the terminal to access and communicate, including: the first access information is used to request or activate communication with the terminal. communicate with the terminal.
45、 根据权利要求 38-39 所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述根据所述 ACK/NACK获取所述 SR, 使得所述终端接入进行通信, 包括: 45. The method according to claims 38-39, characterized in that: obtaining the SR according to the ACK/NACK so that the terminal accesses for communication includes:
根据所述 ACK/NACK获取所述 SR, 以用于请求或者激活与所述终端进 行通信。 The SR is obtained according to the ACK/NACK for requesting or activating communication with the terminal.
46、 根据权利要求 26至 43任一项所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述发送第 二消息给所述第二站点之后还包括: 46. The method according to any one of claims 26 to 43, characterized in that, after sending the second message to the second site, the method further includes:
与所述第二站点建立数据传输通道。 Establish a data transmission channel with the second site.
47、 根据权利要求 25至 45任一项所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述发送第 二消息给所述第二站点之后还包括: 向第三站点发送的第一指示消息,所述第一指示消息用于指示所述第三站 点停止与所述终端的通信。 47. The method according to any one of claims 25 to 45, characterized in that, after sending the second message to the second site, the method further includes: A first instruction message sent to the third station, the first instruction message being used to instruct the third station to stop communication with the terminal.
48、 根据权利要求 25至 47任一项所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述发送第 二消息给所述第二站点之后还包括: 48. The method according to any one of claims 25 to 47, characterized in that, after sending the second message to the second site, the method further includes:
接收所述第二站点发送的第二指示消息,所述第二指示消息用于指示所述 第三站点释放为所述终端预留的资源, 或所述终端配置信息,或所述终端上下 文信息。 Receive a second indication message sent by the second station, the second indication message being used to instruct the third station to release the resources reserved for the terminal, or the terminal configuration information, or the terminal context information .
49、 根据权利要求 25至 47任一项所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述发送第 二消息给所述第二站点之后还包括: 49. The method according to any one of claims 25 to 47, characterized in that, after sending the second message to the second site, the method further includes:
接收所述第二站点发送的第三指示消息,所述第三指示消息用于指示所述 第三站点继续与所述终端通信。 Receive a third instruction message sent by the second station, where the third instruction message is used to instruct the third station to continue communicating with the terminal.
50、 根据权利要求 25至 49任一项所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述发送第 二消息给所述第二站点之后还包括: 50. The method according to any one of claims 25 to 49, characterized in that, after sending the second message to the second site, the method further includes:
接收所述第二站点转发的所述终端的数据。 Receive the data of the terminal forwarded by the second station.
51、 根据权利要求 29所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述将终端进行切换包 括: 51. The method according to claim 29, characterized in that said switching the terminal includes:
将终端的用户面切换,或者控制面切换,或者控制面和用户面分别切换到 不同站点。 Switch the user plane of the terminal, or switch the control plane, or switch the control plane and user plane to different sites respectively.
52、 根据权利要求 51所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述用户面切换包括: 所述终端的用户面切换, 52. The method according to claim 51, characterized in that the user plane switching includes: user plane switching of the terminal,
所述终端的 DRB切换; 或者 DRB switching of the terminal; or
所述终端的用户面承载切换; 或者 User plane bearer switching of the terminal; or
所述终端的用户面从所述第二站点切换至本地; 或者 The user plane of the terminal is switched from the second site to the local site; or
所述终端的用户面数据的传输从所述第二站点切换至本地; 或者 所述终端的用户数据的传输从所述第三站点切换至所述第一站点; 或者 在所述第一站点上建立所述终端的用户面; 或者 The transmission of user plane data of the terminal is switched from the second site to the local; or the transmission of user data of the terminal is switched from the third site to the first site; or on the first site Establishing a user plane of the terminal; or
在所述第一站点上建立所述终端的承载 /DRB/用户面承载; 或者 Establish the bearer/DRB/user plane bearer of the terminal on the first site; or
为所述终端增加用于所述终端用户数据传输的小区,所述小区为所述第一 站点的小区。 Add a cell for the terminal user data transmission, and the cell is the cell of the first site.
53、 根据权利要求 51所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述控制面切换包括: 所述终端的控制面切换; 或者 53. The method according to claim 51, characterized in that the control plane switching includes: Control plane switching of the terminal; or
所述终端的 SRB切换; 或者 SRB switching of the terminal; or
所述终端的控制面从所述第二站点切换至所述第一站点; 或者 The control plane of the terminal is switched from the second site to the first site; or
所述终端的控制面数据的传输从所述第二站点切换至所述第一站点;或者 所述终端的控制信令的传输从所述第二站点切换至所述第一站点; 或者 所述终端的控制信令的传输和部分用户数据的传输从所述第二站点切换 至所述第一站点。 The transmission of control plane data of the terminal is switched from the second site to the first site; or the transmission of control signaling of the terminal is switched from the second site to the first site; or the The transmission of the terminal's control signaling and part of the user data is switched from the second site to the first site.
54、 根据权利要求 26所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述 ACK或者 NACK, 包括: 54. The method according to claim 26, characterized in that the ACK or NACK includes:
所述 ACK或者 NACK是一个特殊的 SR; 或者 The ACK or NACK is a special SR; or
所述 ACK或者 NACK是与所述第一站点通信的第一个 SR; 或者 所述 ACK或者 NACK是用于代替执行随机接入, 以接入所述第一站点。 The ACK or NACK is the first SR communicated with the first station; or the ACK or NACK is used to replace the random access to access the first station.
55、 一种接入站点的方法, 其特征在于, 包括: 55. A method of accessing a site, characterized by including:
接收第一站点发送的第一消息, 所述第一消息包含第一配置信息, 所述第 一配置信息包含调度请求 SR或者探测参考信号 SRS的配置信息或者发送数据 的配置信息; Receive a first message sent by the first station, where the first message includes first configuration information, and the first configuration information includes configuration information of a scheduling request SR or a sounding reference signal SRS or configuration information of sending data;
发送第二消息给所述终端, 所述第二消息包含所述第一配置信息, 所述第 一配置信息用于所述终端向所述第一站点发送第一接入信息以接入所述第一 站点进行通信, 所述第一接入信息是所述 SR或者所述 SRS或者 ACK或者 NACK或者所述数据。 Send a second message to the terminal, where the second message includes the first configuration information, and the first configuration information is used by the terminal to send first access information to the first site to access the The first station communicates, and the first access information is the SR or the SRS or ACK or NACK or the data.
56、 根据权利要求 55所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述第一配置信息用于 所述终端向所述第一站点发送第一接入信息以接入所述第一站点进行通信包 括: 56. The method according to claim 55, wherein the first configuration information for the terminal to send first access information to the first site to access the first site for communication includes:
所述第一配置信息用于所述终端向所述第一站点发送第一接入信息以接 入所述第一站点进行通信,使得所述终端不向所述第一站点发起随机接入, 而 直接向所述第一站点发送所述第一接入信息以接入所述第一站点; 或者 The first configuration information is used by the terminal to send first access information to the first site to access the first site for communication, so that the terminal does not initiate random access to the first site, And directly send the first access information to the first site to access the first site; or
直接向所述第一站点发送所述第一接入信息以接入所述第一站点; 或者 向所述第一站点发送所述第一接入信息代替执行随机接入,以接入所述第 一站点。 Send the first access information directly to the first station to access the first station; or send the first access information to the first station instead of performing random access to access the first station. First site.
57、 根据权利要求 55所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述第一消息, 还包括: 第二配置信息, 所述第二配置信息是所述终端与所述第一站点的 TA=0, 或者 57. The method according to claim 55, characterized in that the first message further includes: Second configuration information, the second configuration information is TA=0 between the terminal and the first site, or
第一指示信息; first instruction information;
所述第二配置信息或者第一指示信息, the second configuration information or first indication information,
用于指示不向所述第一站点发起随机接入, 或者 Used to indicate not to initiate random access to the first station, or
用于指示不向所述第一站点发起随机接入,直接发送所述第一接入信息以 接入所述第一站点; 或者 Used to indicate not to initiate random access to the first site, but to directly send the first access information to access the first site; or
用于指示直接发送所述第一接入信息以接入所述第一站点; 或者 用于指示发送所述第一接入信息代替执行随机接入, 以接入所述第一站 点。 used to instruct to send the first access information directly to access the first site; or to instruct to send the first access information instead of performing random access to access the first site.
58、 根据权利要求 55所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述接收第一站点发送 的第一消息之前, 还包括: 58. The method according to claim 55, characterized in that, before receiving the first message sent by the first station, further comprising:
发送第三消息给第一站点, 所述第三消息用于请求将终端的用户面切换, 或者控制面切换, 或者控制面和用户面分别切换到不同站点。 A third message is sent to the first site, where the third message is used to request to switch the user plane of the terminal, or to switch the control plane, or to switch the control plane and the user plane to different sites respectively.
59、 根据权利要求 58所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述用户面切换包括: 所述终端的用户面切换; 或者 59. The method according to claim 58, characterized in that the user plane switching includes: user plane switching of the terminal; or
所述终端的 DRB切换; 或者 DRB switching of the terminal; or
所述终端的用户面承载切换; 或者 User plane bearer switching of the terminal; or
所述终端的用户面从本地所述第二站点切换至所述第一站点; 或者 所述终端的用户面数据的传输从所述第二站点本地切换至所述第一站点; 或者 The user plane of the terminal is switched locally from the second site to the first site; or the transmission of user plane data of the terminal is switched locally from the second site to the first site; or
所述终端的用户数据的传输从所述第三站点切换至所述第一站点; 或者 在所述第一站点上建立所述终端的用户面; 或者 The transmission of user data of the terminal is switched from the third site to the first site; or a user plane of the terminal is established on the first site; or
在所述第一站点上建立所述终端的承载 /DRB/用户面承载; 或者 Establish the bearer/DRB/user plane bearer of the terminal on the first site; or
为所述终端增加用于所述终端用户数据传输的小区, 其中, 所述小区为所 述第一站点的小区。 Add a cell for the terminal for data transmission of the terminal user, where the cell is a cell of the first site.
60、 根据权利要求 58所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述控制面切换包括: 所述终端的控制面切换; 或者 60. The method according to claim 58, characterized in that the control plane switching includes: control plane switching of the terminal; or
所述终端的 SRB切换; 或者 SRB switching of the terminal; or
所述终端的控制面从所述第二站点切换至所述第一站点; 或者 所述终端的控制面数据的传输从所述第二站点切换至所述第一站点;或者 所述终端的控制信令的传输从所述第二站点切换至所述第一站点; 或者 所述终端的控制信令的传输和部分用户数据的传输从所述第二站点切换 至所述第一站点。 The control plane of the terminal is switched from the second site to the first site; or The transmission of control plane data of the terminal is switched from the second site to the first site; or the transmission of control signaling of the terminal is switched from the second site to the first site; or the The transmission of the terminal's control signaling and part of the user data is switched from the second site to the first site.
61、 根据权利要求 55至 60任一项所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述第一配 置信息, 包括以下至少一项: 61. The method according to any one of claims 55 to 60, characterized in that the first configuration information includes at least one of the following:
所述 SR的时频资源信息、所述 SR的配置索引( SR CONFIGURE INDEX )、 所述 SR的物理上行链路控制信道资源块索引 ( SR PUCCH resource index )、 所述 SRS的时频资源信息、 所述 SRS上行配置信息单元。 The time-frequency resource information of the SR, the configuration index (SR CONFIGURE INDEX) of the SR, the physical uplink control channel resource block index (SR PUCCH resource index) of the SR, the time-frequency resource information of the SRS, The SRS uplink configuration information unit.
62、 根据权利要求 55至 61任一项所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述发送第 二消息给所述终端之后还包括: 62. The method according to any one of claims 55 to 61, characterized in that, after sending the second message to the terminal, the method further includes:
接收所述终端的第四消息, 所述第四消息用于通知所述终端完成配置。 Receive a fourth message from the terminal, where the fourth message is used to notify the terminal to complete the configuration.
63、 根据权利要求 62所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述接收所述终端的第 四消息之后, 还包括: 63. The method according to claim 62, characterized in that, after receiving the fourth message from the terminal, further comprising:
发送第五消息给第一站点,所述第五消息用于通知所述第一站点所述终端 完成配置, 和 /或, 通知所述第一站点与所述终端通信。 Send a fifth message to the first station, the fifth message being used to notify the first station that the terminal completes configuration, and/or, notify the first station to communicate with the terminal.
64、 根据权利要求 63所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述发送第五消息给第 一站点之后包括: 64. The method according to claim 63, wherein the sending the fifth message to the first site includes:
接收第一站点发送的激活消息,所述第一站点发送的激活消息用于指示所 述终端直接与所述第一站点进行通信或指示所述终端向所述第一站点发送第 一接入信息, 所述第一接入信息用于请求或者激活与所述第一站点通信; Receive an activation message sent by the first station. The activation message sent by the first station is used to instruct the terminal to directly communicate with the first station or to instruct the terminal to send first access information to the first station. , the first access information is used to request or activate communication with the first site;
or
发送激活消息给终端,用于指示所述终端直接与所述第一站点进行通信或 指示所述终端向所述第一站点发送第一接入信息,所述第一接入信息用于请求 或者激活与所述第一站点通信; Send an activation message to the terminal to instruct the terminal to directly communicate with the first site or to instruct the terminal to send first access information to the first site, where the first access information is used to request or activating communication with said first site;
or
发送激活消息给所述终端和所述第一站点,通知所述终端和所述第一站点 进行通信; Send an activation message to the terminal and the first site to notify the terminal to communicate with the first site;
or
将接收的所述第一消息中包含的所述终端向所述第一站点发送 RRC连接 重配置完成消息 /切换完成消息的时频资源信息, 发送给终端。 The terminal included in the received first message will send an RRC connection to the first station. The time-frequency resource information of the reconfiguration completion message/handover completion message is sent to the terminal.
65、 根据权利要求 26至 64任一项所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述第一消 息还包含以下至少一项: 65. The method according to any one of claims 26 to 64, characterized in that the first message further includes at least one of the following:
所述终端的源用户面基站的基站标示、所述终端的源用户面基站的小区标 示、 所述终端的源控制面基站的标示、 所述终端的源控制面基站的小区标示、 所述终端进行切换的目标基站的标示及所述终端进行切换的目标小区标示。 The base station identifier of the source user plane base station of the terminal, the cell identifier of the source user plane base station of the terminal, the identifier of the source control plane base station of the terminal, the cell identifier of the source control plane base station of the terminal, the terminal The identification of the target base station for handover and the identification of the target cell for handover by the terminal.
66、 根据权利要求 26至 65任一项所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述第一消 息还包含: 66. The method according to any one of claims 26 to 65, characterized in that the first message further includes:
所述终端在控制面切换时维护与用户面基站的配置的指示信息, 或者, 所 述终端在用户面切换时维护与控制面基站的配置的指示信息。 The terminal maintains configuration indication information with the user plane base station during control plane handover, or the terminal maintains configuration indication information with the control plane base station during user plane handover.
67、 根据权利要求 26至 65任一项所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述第一接 入信息的配置信息包含以下至少一项: 67. The method according to any one of claims 26 to 65, characterized in that the configuration information of the first access information includes at least one of the following:
媒体接入控制 MAC层的配置信息, 分组数据汇聚协议 PDCP层的配置信 息, 无线链路控制协议 RLC层的配置信息, 物理层 PHY的配置信息, 数据无 线承载 DRB ( s ) 的配置信息, 逻辑信道的配置信息, 分组数据汇聚协议序列 号 PDCP SN。 The configuration information of the media access control MAC layer, the configuration information of the packet data convergence protocol PDCP layer, the configuration information of the radio link control protocol RLC layer, the configuration information of the physical layer PHY, the configuration information of the data radio bearer DRB (s), logical Channel configuration information, packet data convergence protocol sequence number PDCP SN.
68、 根据权利要求 26至 67任一项所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述接收第 一站点的第一消息之后还包括: 68. The method according to any one of claims 26 to 67, characterized in that, after receiving the first message from the first site, the method further includes:
发送第一指示消息给所述第三站点,所述第一指示消息用于指示所述第三 站点停止与所述终端的通信。 Send a first instruction message to the third station, where the first instruction message is used to instruct the third station to stop communication with the terminal.
69、 根据权利要求 47至 67任一项所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述接收所 述第一站点的第一消息之后还包括: 69. The method according to any one of claims 47 to 67, characterized in that, after receiving the first message from the first site, the method further includes:
与所述第一站点建立数据传输通道; Establish a data transmission channel with the first site;
or
与所述第一站点建立数据传输通道, 并发送所述终端的数据给第一站点。 Establish a data transmission channel with the first station, and send data of the terminal to the first station.
70、 根据权利要求 62所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述接收所述终端发送 的第四消息之后还包括: 70. The method according to claim 62, wherein the receiving the fourth message sent by the terminal further includes:
发送第二指示消息给所述第三站点,所述第二指示消息用于指示所述第三 站点释放为所述终端的预留的资源,或者所述终端的配置信息, 或者所述终端 的上下文信息。 Send a second instruction message to the third site, where the second instruction message is used to instruct the third site to release the resources reserved for the terminal, or the configuration information of the terminal, or the terminal's configuration information. Contextual information.
71、 根据权利要求 70所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述发送第二指示消息 给所述第三站点之后包括: 71. The method according to claim 70, characterized in that, after sending the second instruction message to the third site, the step includes:
发送第三指示消息给所述第三站点,所述第三指示消息用于指示所述第三 站点继续与所述终端通信。 Send a third instruction message to the third station, the third instruction message being used to instruct the third station to continue communicating with the terminal.
72、 一种终端, 其特征在于, 包括: 72. A terminal, characterized by including:
接收单元, 用于接收第二站点发送的第一消息, 所述第一消息包含第一配 置信息, 所述第一配置信息包含调度请求 SR 的配置信息或者探测参考信号 SRS的配置信息或者发送数据用的配置信息; A receiving unit, configured to receive the first message sent by the second station, the first message including first configuration information, and the first configuration information including the configuration information of the scheduling request SR or the configuration information of the sounding reference signal SRS or sending data. Configuration information used;
发送单元, 用于根据所述第一配置信息, 向第一站点发送第一接入信息以 接入所述第一站点进行通信,所述第一接入信息是所述 SR或者所述 SRS或者 ACK或者 NACK或者数据。 A sending unit, configured to send first access information to the first site according to the first configuration information to access the first site for communication, where the first access information is the SR or the SRS or ACK or NACK or data.
73、 根据权利要求 72所述的终端, 其特征在于, 73. The terminal according to claim 72, characterized in that,
所述发送单元, 用于不向所述第一站点发起随机接入, 而直接向所述第一 站点发送所述第一接入信息以接入所述第一站点; 或者 The sending unit is configured to not initiate random access to the first station, but to directly send the first access information to the first station to access the first station; or
直接向所述第一站点发送所述第一接入信息以接入所述第一站点; 或者 向所述第一站点发送所述第一接入信息代替执行随机接入,以接入所述第 一站点。 Send the first access information directly to the first station to access the first station; or send the first access information to the first station instead of performing random access to access the first station. First site.
74、 根据权利要求 72或 73所述的终端, 其特征在于, 74. The terminal according to claim 72 or 73, characterized in that,
所述第一消息, 还包括: The first message also includes:
第二配置信息, 所述第二配置信息是 UE与第一站点的 TA=0, 或者 第一指示信息; Second configuration information, the second configuration information is TA=0 between the UE and the first station, or first indication information;
所述第二配置信息或者第一指示信息, the second configuration information or first indication information,
用于指示不向所述第一站点发起随机接入, 或者 Used to indicate not to initiate random access to the first station, or
用于指示不向所述第一站点发起随机接入,直接发送所述第一接入信息以 接入所述第一站点; 或者 Used to indicate not to initiate random access to the first site, but to directly send the first access information to access the first site; or
用于指示直接发送所述第一接入信息以接入所述第一站点; 或者 用于指示发送所述第一接入信息代替执行随机接入, 以接入所述第一站 点。 used to instruct to send the first access information directly to access the first site; or to instruct to send the first access information instead of performing random access to access the first site.
75、 根据权利要求 74所述的终端, 其特征在于, 75. The terminal according to claim 74, characterized in that,
所述发送单元, 还用于根据所述 SR的配置信息, 在发送所述 SR的资源 块上向所述第一站点发送 ACK/NACK, 以接入所述第一站点进行通信; 或者, 根据所述 SR的配置信息, 在发送所述 SR的资源块上向所述第一 站点发送 ACK/NACK,使得所述第一站点根据所述 ACK/NACK获取所述 SR。 The sending unit is also configured to send the resources of the SR according to the configuration information of the SR. Send ACK/NACK to the first station on the resource block to access the first station for communication; or, according to the configuration information of the SR, send ACK/NACK to the first station on the resource block where the SR is sent. ACK/NACK, so that the first station obtains the SR according to the ACK/NACK.
76、 根据权利要求 75所述的终端, 其特征在于, 所述终端还包括: 通信单元, 用于根据所述第一消息直接与所述第一站点通信。 76. The terminal according to claim 75, characterized in that, the terminal further includes: a communication unit, configured to directly communicate with the first site according to the first message.
77、 根据权利要求 76所述的终端, 其特征在于, 所述终端还包括: 获取单元, 用于获取所述第一消息中包含发送数据的配置信息, 所述发送 数据的配置信息是所述第一站点分配的调度资源信息,在分配的调度资源上接 收或者发送数据给所述第一站点。 77. The terminal according to claim 76, characterized in that, the terminal further includes: an acquisition unit, configured to acquire the configuration information of sending data contained in the first message, and the configuration information of sending data is the Scheduling resource information allocated by the first station, and receiving or sending data to the first station on the allocated scheduling resources.
78、 根据权利要求 72至 77任一项所述的终端, 其特征在于, 78. The terminal according to any one of claims 72 to 77, characterized in that,
所述通信单元,还用于根据接收的所述第一站点发送的激活消息, 直接与 所述第一站点进行通信; The communication unit is also configured to directly communicate with the first station according to the received activation message sent by the first station;
or
根据接收的所述第二站点转发的所述第一站点发送的激活消息,直接与所 述第一站点进行通信; Communicate directly with the first site according to the received activation message sent by the first site forwarded by the second site;
or
根据接收的所述第二站点发送的激活消息, 直接与所述第一站点进行通 信。 Directly communicate with the first station according to the received activation message sent by the second station.
79、 根据权利要求 72至 77任一项所述的终端, 其特征在于, 79. The terminal according to any one of claims 72 to 77, characterized in that,
所述发送单元, 还用于, The sending unit is also used to,
向所述第一站点发送第一接入信息以接入所述第一站点进行通信; 或, 根据接收的所述第一站点发送的激活消息,向所述第一站点发送第一接入 信息以接入所述第一站点进行通信; Send first access information to the first site to access the first site for communication; or, send first access information to the first site according to the received activation message sent by the first site. To access the first site for communication;
or
根据接收的所述第二站点转发的所述第一站点发送的激活消息,向所述第 一站点发送第一接入信息以接入所述第一站点进行通信; According to the received activation message sent by the first station forwarded by the second station, send first access information to the first station to access the first station for communication;
or
根据接收的所述第二站点发送的激活消息,向所述第一站点发送第一接入 信息以接入所述第一站点进行通信; According to the received activation message sent by the second station, send first access information to the first station to access the first station for communication;
或 根据所述第一消息中包含的带宽信息或者时频资源信息, 发送 RRC连接 重配置完成消息 /切换完成消息给所述第一站点, 以接入所述第一站点进行通 信。 or According to the bandwidth information or time-frequency resource information contained in the first message, an RRC connection reconfiguration complete message/handover complete message is sent to the first station to access the first station for communication.
80、 根据权利要求 72至 79任一项所述的终端, 其特征在于, 80. The terminal according to any one of claims 72 to 79, characterized in that,
所述接收单元,还用于若向所述第一站点发送的所述第一接入信息为 SR, 则接收所述第一站点根据所述 SR分配的带宽的信息; The receiving unit is further configured to, if the first access information sent to the first station is an SR, receive information about the bandwidth allocated by the first station according to the SR;
所述发送单元,还用于根据所分配的带宽发送 RRC重配置完成消息 /切换 完成消息给所述第一站点。 The sending unit is also configured to send an RRC reconfiguration completion message/handover completion message to the first station according to the allocated bandwidth.
81、 根据权利要求 72至 80任一项所述的终端, 其特征在于, 所述 SR的 配置信息包括: 81. The terminal according to any one of claims 72 to 80, characterized in that the configuration information of the SR includes:
所述 SR的时频资源信息(SR resource ), 所述 SR的配置索引, 或者调度 所述 SR的物理上行链路控制信道 PUCCH资源块索引; The time-frequency resource information (SR resource) of the SR, the configuration index of the SR, or the physical uplink control channel PUCCH resource block index of the scheduled SR;
所述 SRS的配置信息包括: 所述 SRS的时频资源信息或者所述 SRS上行 配置信息单元。 The SRS configuration information includes: time-frequency resource information of the SRS or the SRS uplink configuration information unit.
82、 根据权利要求 72至 81任一项所述的终端, 其特征在于, 82. The terminal according to any one of claims 72 to 81, characterized in that,
所述获取单元, 还用于根据所述 SR配置索引, 获得发送所述 SR的子帧 信息; 还用于根据所述 SR的资源块索引, 获取发送所述 SR的资源块信息; 所述发送单元, 还用于在所述子帧的资源块上向所述第一站点发送所述 SR或者 ACK或者 NACK。 The acquisition unit is further configured to obtain the subframe information for sending the SR according to the SR configuration index; and is further configured to obtain the resource block information for sending the SR according to the resource block index of the SR; the sending The unit is further configured to send the SR or ACK or NACK to the first station on the resource block of the subframe.
83、 根据权利要求 72至 82任一项所述的终端, 其特征在于, 83. The terminal according to any one of claims 72 to 82, characterized in that,
所述发送单元, 还用于在发送所述 SR 的 PUCCH 资源块上发送 ACK/NACK,使得所述第一站点获得所述 SR,以接入所述第一站点进行通信, 所述 SR为发送给所述第一站点的第一个 SR。 The sending unit is also configured to send ACK/NACK on the PUCCH resource block sending the SR, so that the first station obtains the SR to access the first station for communication, and the SR is sent The first SR to the first site.
所述发送单元, 还用于在所述时频资源上发送所述 RRC连接重配置完成 消息 /切换完成消息, 以接入第一站点。 The sending unit is further configured to send the RRC connection reconfiguration complete message/handover complete message on the time-frequency resource to access the first site.
84、 根据权利要求 72至 83任一项所述的终端, 其特征在于, 84. The terminal according to any one of claims 72 to 83, characterized in that,
所述第一消息还包括: 指示信息, 所述指示信息用于指示, The first message also includes: indication information, the indication information is used to indicate,
用户面切换; 或者 User plane switching; or
DRB切换; 或者 DRB switching; or
用户面承载切换; 或者 用户面从所述第二站点切换至所述第一站点; 或者 User plane bearer switching; or The user plane switches from the second site to the first site; or
用户面数据的传输从所述第二站点切换至所述第一站点; 或者 The transmission of user plane data is switched from the second site to the first site; or
用户数据的传输从所述第三站点切换至所述第一站点; 或者 The transmission of user data is switched from the third site to the first site; or
在所述第一站点上建立用户面; 或者 Establish a user interface on the first site; or
在所述第一站点上建立承载 /DRB/用户面承载; 或者 Establish a bearer/DRB/user plane bearer on the first site; or
增加用于用户数据传输的小区, 其中, 所述小区为所述第一站点的小区。 或者 Add a cell for user data transmission, where the cell is a cell of the first site. or
所述指示信息用于指示, The instruction information is used to indicate,
控制面切换; 或者 Control plane switching; or
SRB切换; 或者 SRB switching; or
控制面从所述第二站点切换至所述第一站点; 或者 The control plane is switched from the second site to the first site; or
控制面数据的传输从所述第二站点切换至所述第一站点; 或者 The transmission of control plane data is switched from the second site to the first site; or
控制信令的传输从所述第二站点切换至所述第一站点; 或者 The transmission of control signaling is switched from the second site to the first site; or
控制信令的传输和部分用户数据的传输从所述第二站点切换至所述第一 站点。 The transmission of control signaling and partial user data is switched from the second site to the first site.
85、 根据权利要求 72至 84任一项所述的终端, 其特征在于, 85. The terminal according to any one of claims 72 to 84, characterized in that,
所述第一消息还包含以下至少一项: 所述第一站点的标示信息、所述第一 站点的小区标示信息、所述第一站点的载波信息及所述第一站点的小区的载波 信息、 第一站点分配的调度资源信息; The first message also includes at least one of the following: identification information of the first site, cell identification information of the first site, carrier information of the first site, and carrier information of the cell of the first site. , Scheduling resource information allocated by the first site;
所述第一消息还包含:在控制面切换时维护与用户面基站的配置信息或者 配置指示信息,或者,在用户面切换时维护与控制面基站的配置信息或者指示 信息; The first message also includes: maintaining configuration information or configuration instruction information with the user plane base station during control plane handover, or maintaining configuration information or instruction information with the control plane base station during user plane handover;
所述第一消息还包含以下至少一项: 媒体介入控制 MAC层的配置信息, 分组数据汇聚协议 PDCP层的配置信息, 无线链路控制协议 RLC层的配置信 息, 物理层 PHY的配置信息, 数据无线承载 DRB ( s ) 的配置信息, 逻辑信 道的配置信息, 分组数据汇聚协议序列号 PDCP SN。 The first message also includes at least one of the following: configuration information of the media access control MAC layer, configuration information of the PDCP layer of the Packet Data Convergence Protocol, configuration information of the RLC layer of the Radio Link Control Protocol, configuration information of the physical layer PHY, data Wireless bearer DRB (s) configuration information, logical channel configuration information, packet data convergence protocol sequence number PDCP SN.
86、 一种站点, 其特征在于, 包括: 86. A site, characterized by: including:
生成单元, 用于为第二站点生成第一消息; A generating unit, configured to generate the first message for the second site;
发送消息单元, 用于发送第一消息给所述第二站点, 所述第一消息包含第 一配置信息, 其中所述第一配置信息包含调度请求 SR的配置信息或者探测参 考信号 SRS 的配置信息或者发送数据的配置信息, 所述第一配置信息用于所 述终端向所述第一站点发送第一接入信息以接入所述第一站点,所述第一接入 信息是所述 SR或者所述 SRS或者 ACK或者 NACK或者数据。 A message sending unit, configured to send a first message to the second station, where the first message includes first configuration information, where the first configuration information includes configuration information of the scheduling request SR or detection parameters. The configuration information of the reference signal SRS or the configuration information of sending data, the first configuration information is used by the terminal to send the first access information to the first site to access the first site, the first access The incoming information is the SR or the SRS or ACK or NACK or data.
87、 根据权利要求 86所述的站点, 其特征在于, 87. The site according to claim 86, characterized in that,
所述第一配置信息, 用于所述终端不向所述第一站点发起随机接入, 而直 接向所述第一站点发送所述第一接入信息以接入所述第一站点; 或者 The first configuration information is used for the terminal not to initiate random access to the first site, but to directly send the first access information to the first site to access the first site; or
所述终端直接向所述第一站点发送所述第一接入信息以接入所述第一站 点; 或者 The terminal directly sends the first access information to the first site to access the first site; or
所述终端向所述第一站点发送所述第一接入信息代替执行随机接入,以接 入所述第一站点。 The terminal sends the first access information to the first station instead of performing random access to access the first station.
88、 根据权利要求 86或 87所述的站点, 其特征在于, 所述第一消息, 还 包括: 88. The site according to claim 86 or 87, characterized in that the first message further includes:
第二配置信息, 所述第二配置信息是所述终端与第一站点的 TA=0, 或者 第一指示信息; Second configuration information, the second configuration information is TA=0 between the terminal and the first site, or first indication information;
所述第二配置信息或者第一指示信息,用于指示所述终端不向所述第一站 点发起随机接入, 或者 The second configuration information or first indication information is used to instruct the terminal not to initiate random access to the first site, or
用于指示所述终端不向所述第一站点发起随机接入,直接发送所述第一接 入信息以接入所述第一站点; 或者 For instructing the terminal not to initiate random access to the first site, but to directly send the first access information to access the first site; or
用于指示所述终端直接发送所述第一接入信息以接入所述第一站点; 或 者, For instructing the terminal to directly send the first access information to access the first site; or,
用于指示所述终端发送所述第一接入信息代替执行随机接入,以接入所述 第一站点。 Used to instruct the terminal to send the first access information instead of performing random access to access the first site.
89、 根据权利要求 85至 88任一项所述的站点, 其特征在于, 所述站点还 包括: 89. The site according to any one of claims 85 to 88, characterized in that the site further includes:
接收消息单元,还用于接收所述第二站点发送的第二消息, 所述第二消息 用于将终端进行切换或者为所述终端增加至少一个小区。 The message receiving unit is also configured to receive a second message sent by the second station, where the second message is used to switch the terminal or add at least one cell to the terminal.
90、 根据权利要求 86至 89任一项所述的站点, 其特征在于, 90. The site according to any one of claims 86 to 89, characterized in that,
所述接收消息单元,还用于接收所述第二站点发送的第三消息, 所述第三 消息用于通知所述终端完成配置和 /或用于通知开始与所述终端通信。 The message receiving unit is further configured to receive a third message sent by the second station, where the third message is used to notify the terminal to complete the configuration and/or to notify the start of communication with the terminal.
91、 根据权利要求 86至 90任一项所述的站点, 其特征在于, 所述接收消息单元, 还用于接收所述终端发送的数据, 开始与终端通信; 或 91. The site according to any one of claims 86 to 90, characterized in that, The message receiving unit is also used to receive data sent by the terminal and start communicating with the terminal; or
接收所述终端发送第一接入信息,所述第一接入信息用于请求或者激活与 所述终端通信。 Receive first access information sent by the terminal, where the first access information is used to request or activate communication with the terminal.
92、 根据权利要求 86至 91任一项所述的站点, 其特征在于, 92. The site according to any one of claims 86 to 91, characterized in that,
所述接收消息单元,还用于接收所述第二站点发送的激活消息, 所述激活 消息用于请求或者激活与终端的通信; The message receiving unit is also configured to receive an activation message sent by the second station, where the activation message is used to request or activate communication with the terminal;
接收所述终端的数据, 开始与终端通信, 或者, 接收到所述终端发送第一 接入信息, 所述第一接入信息用于所述终端接入进行通信。 Receive data from the terminal and start communicating with the terminal, or receive first access information sent by the terminal, and the first access information is used for the terminal to access and communicate.
93、 根据权利要求 86至 90任一项所述的站点, 其特征在于, 93. The site according to any one of claims 86 to 90, characterized in that,
所述发送消息单元,还用于发送激活消息给所述终端, 以请求或者激活与 终端的通信; The message sending unit is also used to send an activation message to the terminal to request or activate communication with the terminal;
所述接收消息单元,还用于接收所述终端的数据,开始与终端通信,或者, 接收所述终端发送第一接入信息,所述第一接入信息用于所述终端接入进行通 信。 The message receiving unit is also configured to receive data from the terminal and start communication with the terminal, or receive first access information sent by the terminal, and the first access information is used for the terminal to access and communicate. .
94、 根据权利要求 86至 93任一项所述的站点, 其特征在于, 94. The site according to any one of claims 86 to 93, characterized in that,
所述接收消息单元, 还用于, The message receiving unit is also used to,
接收所述终端发送的第一接入信息; Receive the first access information sent by the terminal;
或者 or
接收所述终端发送的第一接入信息; Receive the first access information sent by the terminal;
若所述第一接入信息为 SR, 则在所述第一接入信息的配置信息中包含为 所述终端分配的带宽, 所述分配的带宽用于所述终端发送 RRC重配置完成消 息 /切换完成消息, 并在在所述分配的带宽上接收所述终端发送 RRC重配置完 成消息 /切换完成消息。 If the first access information is SR, the configuration information of the first access information includes the bandwidth allocated to the terminal, and the allocated bandwidth is used by the terminal to send the RRC reconfiguration complete message/ Handover complete message, and receive the RRC reconfiguration complete message/handover complete message sent by the terminal on the allocated bandwidth.
95、 根据权利要求 86至 94任一项所述的站点, 其特征在于, 95. The site according to any one of claims 86 to 94, characterized in that,
所述接收消息单元, 还用于接收所述终端在所述 SR 的资源块上发送的 AC謹 ACK。 The receiving message unit is also used to receive the AC ACK sent by the terminal on the resource block of the SR.
96、 根据权利要求 95所述的站点, 其特征在于, 96. The site according to claim 95, characterized in that,
所述接收消息单元, 还用于接收所述终端在所述 SR 的资源块上发送 ACK/NACK, 并根据所述 ACK/NACK获取所述 SR, 使得所述终端接入进行 通信。 The receiving message unit is also configured to receive the ACK/NACK sent by the terminal on the resource block of the SR, and obtain the SR according to the ACK/NACK, so that the terminal access is performed. communication.
97、 根据权利要求 86至 96任一项所述的站点, 其特征在于, 97. The site according to any one of claims 86 to 96, characterized in that,
所述发送消息单元, 还用于在发送所述 SR 的 PUCCH 资源块上发送 ACK/NACK, 以获得所述 SR, 使得所述终端接入进行通信, 所述 SR为接收 到所述终端发送的第一个 SR。 The message sending unit is also configured to send ACK/NACK on the PUCCH resource block that sends the SR, so as to obtain the SR, so that the terminal can access for communication, where the SR is received by the terminal. First SR.
98、 根据权利要求 86所述的站点, 其特征在于, 所述第一配置信息, 包 括以下至少一项: 98. The site according to claim 86, characterized in that the first configuration information includes at least one of the following:
所述 SR的时频资源信息、 所述 SR的配置索引, 或者所述 SR的物理上 行链路控制信道 PUCCH资源块索引、 所述 SRS的时频资源信息、 所述 SRS 上行配置信息单元。 The time-frequency resource information of the SR, the configuration index of the SR, or the physical uplink control channel PUCCH resource block index of the SR, the time-frequency resource information of the SRS, and the SRS uplink configuration information unit.
99、 根据权利要求 86至 98任一项所述的站点, 其特征在于, 所述第二消 息还包含: 99. The site according to any one of claims 86 to 98, characterized in that the second message further includes:
所述终端发送 RRC连接重配置完成消息 /切换完成消息的时频资源信息。 The terminal sends the time-frequency resource information of the RRC connection reconfiguration complete message/handover complete message.
100、 根据权利要求 99所述的站点, 其特征在于, 100. The site according to claim 99, characterized in that,
所述接收消息单元,还用于在所述时频资源上接收到所述终端发送的所述 The message receiving unit is also configured to receive the message sent by the terminal on the time-frequency resource.
RRC连接重配置完成消息 /切换完成消息, 以开始与所述终端通信。 RRC connection reconfiguration completion message/handover completion message to start communication with the terminal.
101、 根据权利要求 86至 99任一项所述的站点, 其特征在于, 101. The site according to any one of claims 86 to 99, characterized in that,
所述接收消息单元,还用于接收所述第二站点发送的第三消息, 所述第三 消息用于通知所述终端完成配置和 /或通知开始与所述终端通信。 The message receiving unit is further configured to receive a third message sent by the second station, where the third message is used to notify the terminal to complete the configuration and/or notify to start communication with the terminal.
102、 根据权利要求 86至 101任一项所述的装置, 其特征在于, 所述第一接入信息用于所述终端接入进行通信, 包括: 所述第一接入信息 用于请求或者激活与所述终端进行通信。 102. The device according to any one of claims 86 to 101, characterized in that the first access information is used for the terminal to access for communication, including: the first access information is used to request or Activate communication with said terminal.
103、 根据权利要求 86至 102任一项所述的站点, 其特征在于, 所述站点 还包括: 103. The site according to any one of claims 86 to 102, characterized in that the site further includes:
获取信息单元, 用于根据所述 ACK/NACK获取所述 SR, 以用于请求或 者激活与所述终端进行通信。 An information acquisition unit is used to obtain the SR according to the ACK/NACK for requesting or activating communication with the terminal.
104、 根据权利要求 86至 103任一项所述的站点, 其特征在于, 所述站点 还包括: 104. The site according to any one of claims 86 to 103, characterized in that the site further includes:
建立单元, 用于与所述第二站点建立数据传输通道。 An establishing unit is used to establish a data transmission channel with the second site.
105、 根据权利要求 86至 104任一项所述的站点, 其特征在于, 所述发送消息单元,还用于向第三站点发送的第一指示消息, 所述第一指 示消息用于指示所述第三站点停止与所述终端的通信。 105. The site according to any one of claims 86 to 104, characterized in that, The message sending unit is also used to send a first instruction message to the third station, where the first instruction message is used to instruct the third station to stop communication with the terminal.
106、 根据权利要求 86至 105任一项所述的站点, 其特征在于, 所述接收消息单元,还用于接收所述第二站点发送的第二指示消息, 所述 第二指示消息用于指示所述第三站点释放为所述终端预留的资源,或所述终端 配置信息, 或所述终端上下文信息。 106. The site according to any one of claims 86 to 105, characterized in that, the message receiving unit is also used to receive a second instruction message sent by the second site, and the second instruction message is used to Instruct the third site to release resources reserved for the terminal, or the terminal configuration information, or the terminal context information.
107、 根据权利要求 86至 106任一项所述的站点, 其特征在于, 所述发送 第二消息给所述第二站点之后还包括: 107. The site according to any one of claims 86 to 106, wherein the sending the second message to the second site further includes:
所述接收消息单元,还用于接收所述第二站点发送的第三指示消息, 所述 第三指示消息用于指示所述第三站点继续与所述终端通信。 The message receiving unit is further configured to receive a third instruction message sent by the second station, where the third instruction message is used to instruct the third station to continue communicating with the terminal.
108、 根据权利要求 86至 107任一项所述的站点, 其特征在于: 所述接收消息单元, 还用于接收所述第二站点转发的所述终端的数据。 108. The site according to any one of claims 86 to 107, characterized in that: the message receiving unit is further configured to receive data of the terminal forwarded by the second site.
109、 根据权利要求 86至 108任一项所述的站点, 其特征在于, 所述将终 端进行切换包括: 109. The site according to any one of claims 86 to 108, wherein the switching of the terminal includes:
将终端的用户面切换,或者控制面切换,或者控制面和用户面分别切换到 不同站点。 Switch the user plane of the terminal, or switch the control plane, or switch the control plane and user plane to different sites respectively.
110、 根据权利要求 86至 109任一项所述的站点, 其特征在于, 所述用户 面切换包括: 110. The site according to any one of claims 86 to 109, characterized in that the user plane switching includes:
所述终端的用户面切换, User plane switching of the terminal,
所述终端的 DRB切换; 或者 DRB switching of the terminal; or
所述终端的用户面承载切换; 或者 User plane bearer switching of the terminal; or
所述终端的用户面从所述第二站点切换至本地; 或者 The user plane of the terminal is switched from the second site to the local site; or
所述终端的用户面数据的传输从所述第二站点切换至本地; 或者 所述终端的用户数据的传输从所述第三站点切换至所述第一站点; 或者 在所述第一站点上建立所述终端的用户面; 或者 The transmission of user plane data of the terminal is switched from the second site to the local; or the transmission of user data of the terminal is switched from the third site to the first site; or on the first site Establishing a user plane of the terminal; or
在所述第一站点上建立所述终端的承载 /DRB/用户面承载; 或者 为所述终端增加用于所述终端用户数据传输的小区,所述小区为所述第一 站点的小区。 Establish the bearer/DRB/user plane bearer of the terminal on the first site; or add a cell for the terminal for data transmission of the terminal user, and the cell is the cell of the first site.
所述控制面切换包括: The control plane switching includes:
所述终端的控制面切换; 或者 所述终端的 SRB切换; 或者 Control plane switching of the terminal; or SRB switching of the terminal; or
所述终端的控制面从所述第二站点切换至所述第一站点; 或者 The control plane of the terminal is switched from the second site to the first site; or
所述终端的控制面数据的传输从所述第二站点切换至所述第一站点;或者 所述终端的控制信令的传输从所述第二站点切换至所述第一站点; 或者 所述终端的控制信令的传输和部分用户数据的传输从所述第二站点切换 至所述第一站点。 The transmission of control plane data of the terminal is switched from the second site to the first site; or the transmission of control signaling of the terminal is switched from the second site to the first site; or the The transmission of the terminal's control signaling and part of the user data is switched from the second site to the first site.
111、 一种站点, 其特征在于, 包括: 111. A site, characterized by: including:
接收信息单元, 用于接收第一站点发送的第一消息, 所述第一消息包含第 一配置信息,所述第一配置信息包含调度请求 SR或者探测参考信号 SRS的配 置信息或者发送数据的配置信息; An information receiving unit, configured to receive a first message sent by the first station, where the first message includes first configuration information, and the first configuration information includes configuration information of the scheduling request SR or the sounding reference signal SRS or the configuration of sending data. information;
发送信息单元, 用于发送第二消息给所述终端, 所述第二消息包含所述第 一配置信息,所述第一配置信息用于所述终端向所述第一站点发送第一接入信 息以接入所述第一站点进行通信, 所述第一接入信息是所述 SR或者所述 SRS 或者 ACK或者 NACK或者所述数据。 An information sending unit, configured to send a second message to the terminal, where the second message includes the first configuration information, and the first configuration information is used by the terminal to send a first access message to the first site. The information is communicated by accessing the first station, and the first access information is the SR or the SRS or ACK or NACK or the data.
112、 根据权利要求 111所述的站点, 其特征在于, 112. The site according to claim 111, characterized in that,
所述第一配置信息用于所述终端向所述第一站点发送第一接入信息以接 入所述第一站点进行通信,使得所述终端不向所述第一站点发起随机接入, 而 直接向所述第一站点发送所述第一接入信息以接入所述第一站点; 或者 The first configuration information is used by the terminal to send first access information to the first site to access the first site for communication, so that the terminal does not initiate random access to the first site, And directly send the first access information to the first site to access the first site; or
直接向所述第一站点发送所述第一接入信息以接入所述第一站点; 或者 向所述第一站点发送所述第一接入信息代替执行随机接入,以接入所述第 一站点。 Send the first access information directly to the first station to access the first station; or send the first access information to the first station instead of performing random access to access the first station. First site.
113、 根据权利要求 111或 112所述的站点, 其特征在于, 所述第一消息, 还包括: 113. The site according to claim 111 or 112, characterized in that the first message further includes:
第二配置信息, 所述第二配置信息是所述终端与所述第一站点的 TA=0, 或者 Second configuration information, the second configuration information is TA=0 between the terminal and the first site, or
第一指示信息; first instruction information;
所述第二配置信息或者第一指示信息, the second configuration information or first indication information,
用于指示不向所述第一站点发起随机接入, 或者 Used to indicate not to initiate random access to the first station, or
用于指示不向所述第一站点发起随机接入,直接发送所述第一接入信息以 接入所述第一站点; 或者 用于指示直接发送所述第一接入信息以接入所述第一站点; 或者 用于指示发送所述第一接入信息代替执行随机接入, 以接入所述第一站 点。 Used to indicate not to initiate random access to the first site, but to directly send the first access information to access the first site; or It is used to instruct to send the first access information directly to access the first site; or to instruct to send the first access information instead of performing random access to access the first site.
114、 根据权利要求 111至 113任一项所述的站点, 其特征在于, 所述发送信息单元,还用于发送第三消息给第一站点, 所述第三消息用于 请求将终端的用户面切换,或者控制面切换,或者控制面和用户面分别切换到 不同站点。 114. The site according to any one of claims 111 to 113, characterized in that the information sending unit is also used to send a third message to the first site, and the third message is used to request that the user of the terminal Plane switching, or control plane switching, or control plane and user plane switching to different sites respectively.
115、 根据权利要求 111至 114任一项所述的站点, 其特征在于, 所述用 户面切换包括: 115. The site according to any one of claims 111 to 114, characterized in that the user plane switching includes:
所述终端的用户面切换; 或者 User plane switching of the terminal; or
所述终端的 DRB切换; 或者 DRB switching of the terminal; or
所述终端的用户面承载切换; 或者 User plane bearer switching of the terminal; or
所述终端的用户面从本地所述第二站点切换至所述第一站点; 或者 所述终端的用户面数据的传输从所述第二站点本地切换至所述第一站点; 或者 The user plane of the terminal is switched locally from the second site to the first site; or the transmission of user plane data of the terminal is switched locally from the second site to the first site; or
所述终端的用户数据的传输从所述第三站点切换至所述第一站点; 或者 在所述第一站点上建立所述终端的用户面; 或者 The transmission of user data of the terminal is switched from the third site to the first site; or a user plane of the terminal is established on the first site; or
在所述第一站点上建立所述终端的承载 /DRB/用户面承载; 或者 Establish the bearer/DRB/user plane bearer of the terminal on the first site; or
为所述终端增加用于所述终端用户数据传输的小区, 其中, 所述小区为所 述第一站点的小区。 Add a cell for the terminal for data transmission of the terminal user, where the cell is a cell of the first site.
116、 根据权利要求 111至 114任一项所述的站点, 其特征在于, 所述控 制面切换包括: 116. The site according to any one of claims 111 to 114, characterized in that the control plane switching includes:
所述终端的控制面切换; 或者 Control plane switching of the terminal; or
所述终端的 SRB切换; 或者 SRB switching of the terminal; or
所述终端的控制面从所述第二站点切换至所述第一站点; 或者 The control plane of the terminal is switched from the second site to the first site; or
所述终端的控制面数据的传输从所述第二站点切换至所述第一站点;或者 所述终端的控制信令的传输从所述第二站点切换至所述第一站点; 或者 所述终端的控制信令的传输和部分用户数据的传输从所述第二站点切换 至所述第一站点。 The transmission of control plane data of the terminal is switched from the second site to the first site; or the transmission of control signaling of the terminal is switched from the second site to the first site; or the The transmission of the terminal's control signaling and part of the user data is switched from the second site to the first site.
117、 根据权利要求 111至 116任一项所述的站点, 其特征在于, 所述第 一配置信息, 包括以下至少一项: 117. The site according to any one of claims 111 to 116, characterized in that: the first 1. Configuration information, including at least one of the following:
所述 SR的时频资源信息、所述 SR的配置索引( SR CONFIGURE INDEX )、 所述 SR的物理上行链路控制信道资源块索引 ( SR PUCCH resource index )、 所述 SRS的时频资源信息、 所述 SRS上行配置信息单元。 The time-frequency resource information of the SR, the configuration index (SR CONFIGURE INDEX) of the SR, the physical uplink control channel resource block index (SR PUCCH resource index) of the SR, the time-frequency resource information of the SRS, The SRS uplink configuration information unit.
118、 根据权利要求 111至 117任一项所述的站点, 其特征在于, 所述发送信息单元,还用于接收所述终端的第四消息, 所述第四消息用于 通知所述终端完成配置。 118. The site according to any one of claims 111 to 117, characterized in that: the information sending unit is also used to receive a fourth message from the terminal, and the fourth message is used to notify the terminal of completion configuration.
119、 根据权利要求 118所述的站点, 其特征在于, 119. The site according to claim 118, characterized in that,
所述发送信息单元,还用于发送第五消息给第一站点, 所述第五消息用于 通知所述第一站点所述终端完成配置, 和 /或, 通知所述第一站点与所述终端 通信。 The information sending unit is also configured to send a fifth message to the first site. The fifth message is used to notify the first site that the terminal has completed the configuration, and/or, notify the first site and the Terminal communication.
120、 根据权利要求 111至 119任一项所述的站点, 其特征在于, 所述接收信息单元,还用于接收第一站点发送的激活消息, 所述第一站点 发送的激活消息用于指示所述终端直接与所述第一站点进行通信或指示所述 终端向所述第一站点发送第一接入信息,所述第一接入信息用于请求或者激活 与所述第一站点通信; 120. The site according to any one of claims 111 to 119, characterized in that the receiving information unit is also used to receive an activation message sent by the first site, and the activation message sent by the first site is used to indicate The terminal directly communicates with the first site or instructs the terminal to send first access information to the first site, where the first access information is used to request or activate communication with the first site;
or
所述发送信息单元,还用于发送激活消息给终端, 用于指示所述终端直接 与所述第一站点进行通信或指示所述终端向所述第一站点发送第一接入信息 , 所述第一接入信息用于请求或者激活与所述第一站点通信; The information sending unit is also used to send an activation message to the terminal to instruct the terminal to directly communicate with the first site or to instruct the terminal to send first access information to the first site. The first access information is used to request or activate communication with the first site;
or
所述发送信息单元,还用于发送激活消息给所述终端和所述第一站点, 通 知所述终端和所述第一站点进行通信; The information sending unit is also configured to send an activation message to the terminal and the first site, and notify the terminal to communicate with the first site;
or
所述发送信息单元,还用于将接收的所述第一消息中包含的所述终端向所 述第一站点发送 RRC连接重配置完成消息 /切换完成消息的时频资源信息, 发 送给终端。 The information sending unit is also configured to send the time-frequency resource information of the RRC connection reconfiguration complete message/switching complete message contained in the received first message from the terminal to the first station, and send it to the terminal.
121、 根据权利要求 111至 120任一项所述的站点, 其特征在于, 所述第 一消息还包含以下至少一项: 121. The site according to any one of claims 111 to 120, characterized in that the first message further includes at least one of the following:
所述终端的源用户面基站的基站标示、所述终端的源用户面基站的小区标 示、 所述终端的源控制面基站的标示、 所述终端的源控制面基站的小区标示、 所述终端进行切换的目标基站的标示及所述终端进行切换的目标小区标示。 The base station identifier of the source user plane base station of the terminal, and the cell identifier of the source user plane base station of the terminal. Indicates: the identification of the source control plane base station of the terminal, the cell identification of the source control plane base station of the terminal, the identification of the target base station where the terminal performs handover, and the identification of the target cell where the terminal performs handover.
122、 根据权利要求 111至 121任一项所述的站点, 其特征在于, 所述第 一消息还包含: 122. The site according to any one of claims 111 to 121, characterized in that the first message also includes:
所述终端在控制面切换时维护与用户面基站的配置的指示信息, 或者 所述终端在用户面切换时维护与控制面基站的配置的指示信息。 The terminal maintains configuration indication information with the user plane base station during control plane handover, or the terminal maintains configuration indication information with the control plane base station during user plane handover.
123、 根据权利要求 111至 122任一项所述的站点, 其特征在于, 所述第 一接入信息的配置信息包含以下至少一项: 123. The site according to any one of claims 111 to 122, characterized in that the configuration information of the first access information includes at least one of the following:
媒体接入控制 MAC层的配置信息, 分组数据汇聚协议 PDCP层的配置信 息, 无线链路控制协议 RLC层的配置信息, 物理层 PHY的配置信息, 数据无 线承载 DRB ( s ) 的配置信息, 逻辑信道的配置信息, 分组数据汇聚协议序列 号 PDCP SN。 The configuration information of the media access control MAC layer, the configuration information of the packet data convergence protocol PDCP layer, the configuration information of the radio link control protocol RLC layer, the configuration information of the physical layer PHY, the configuration information of the data radio bearer DRB (s), logical Channel configuration information, packet data convergence protocol sequence number PDCP SN.
124、 根据权利要求 111至 123任一项所述的站点, 其特征在于, 所述发送信息单元,还用于发送第一指示消息给所述第三站点, 所述第一 指示消息用于指示所述第三站点停止与所述终端的通信。 124. The site according to any one of claims 111 to 123, characterized in that: the information sending unit is also used to send a first instruction message to the third site, and the first instruction message is used to indicate The third station stops communication with the terminal.
125、 根据权利要求 111至 124任一项所述的站点, 其特征在于, 所述站 点还包括: 125. The site according to any one of claims 111 to 124, characterized in that the site further includes:
建立通道单元, 用于与所述第一站点建立数据传输通道; Establish a channel unit, used to establish a data transmission channel with the first site;
or
所述建立通道单元, 用于与所述第一站点建立数据传输通道, 所述发送消 息单元, 还用于发送所述终端的数据给第一站点。 The channel establishing unit is used to establish a data transmission channel with the first site, and the message sending unit is also used to send data of the terminal to the first site.
126、 根据权利要求 111至 125任一项所述的站点, 其特征在于, 所述发送信息单元,还用于发送第二指示消息给所述第三站点, 所述第二 指示消息用于指示所述第三站点释放为所述终端的预留的资源,或者所述终端 的配置信息, 或者所述终端的上下文信息。 126. The site according to any one of claims 111 to 125, characterized in that: the information sending unit is also used to send a second instruction message to the third site, and the second instruction message is used to indicate The third site releases the resources reserved for the terminal, or the configuration information of the terminal, or the context information of the terminal.
127、 根据权利要求 111至 126任一项所述的站点, 其特征在于, 所述发送信息单元,还用于发送第三指示消息给所述第三站点, 所述第三 指示消息用于指示所述第三站点继续与所述终端通信。 127. The site according to any one of claims 111 to 126, characterized in that: the information sending unit is also used to send a third instruction message to the third site, and the third instruction message is used to indicate The third station continues to communicate with the terminal.
128、 一种接入站点的系统, 其特征在于, 包括: 128. A system for accessing sites, characterized by including:
终端, 第一站点, 第二站点; 其中, 所述终端, 用于接收第二站点发送的第一消息, 所述第一消息包含 第一配置信息, 所述第一配置信息包含调度请求 SR的配置信息或者探测参考 信号 SRS的配置信息或者发送数据用的配置信息; 根据所述第一配置信息, 向第一站点发送第一接入信息以接入所述第一站点进行通信,所述第一接入信 息是所述 SR或者所述 SRS或者 ACK或者 NACK或者所述数据; Terminal, first site, second site; Wherein, the terminal is configured to receive the first message sent by the second station, the first message includes first configuration information, and the first configuration information includes the configuration information of the scheduling request SR or the configuration information of the sounding reference signal SRS. Or configuration information for sending data; According to the first configuration information, send first access information to the first site to access the first site for communication, where the first access information is the SR or the The SRS or ACK or NACK or the data;
所述第一站点, 用于为第二站点生成第一消息; 发送第一消息给所述第二 站点, 所述第一消息包含第一配置信息, 其中所述第一配置信息包含调度请求 SR的配置信息或者探测参考信号 SRS的配置信息或者发送数据的配置信息, 所述第一配置信息用于所述终端向所述第一站点发送第一接入信息以接入所 述第一站点,所述第一接入信息是所述 SR或者所述 SRS或者 ACK或者 NACK 或者所述数据; The first station is configured to generate a first message for the second station; send the first message to the second station, where the first message includes first configuration information, where the first configuration information includes a scheduling request SR The configuration information or the configuration information of the sounding reference signal SRS or the configuration information of sending data, the first configuration information is used by the terminal to send the first access information to the first station to access the first station, The first access information is the SR or the SRS or ACK or NACK or the data;
所述第二站点, 用于接收第一站点发送的第一消息, 所述第一消息包含第 一配置信息,所述第一配置信息包含调度请求 SR或者探测参考信号 SRS的配 置信息或者发送数据的配置信息; 发送第二消息给所述终端, 所述第二消息包 含所述第一配置信息,所述第一配置信息用于所述终端向所述第一站点发送第 一接入信息以接入所述第一站点进行通信, 所述第一接入信息是所述 SR或者 所述 SRS或者 ACK或者 NACK或者所述数据。 The second station is configured to receive a first message sent by the first station, where the first message includes first configuration information, and the first configuration information includes configuration information or transmission data of the scheduling request SR or the sounding reference signal SRS. configuration information; sending a second message to the terminal, where the second message includes the first configuration information, and the first configuration information is used by the terminal to send first access information to the first site to Access the first station for communication, and the first access information is the SR or the SRS or ACK or NACK or the data.
PCT/CN2013/090724 2012-12-27 2013-12-27 Method, device and system for accessing station WO2014101836A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN201210579202.7 2012-12-27
CN201210579202.7A CN103906176B (en) 2012-12-27 2012-12-27 A kind of method, apparatus and system of access website

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2014101836A1 true WO2014101836A1 (en) 2014-07-03

Family

ID=50997272

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2013/090724 WO2014101836A1 (en) 2012-12-27 2013-12-27 Method, device and system for accessing station

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN103906176B (en)
WO (1) WO2014101836A1 (en)

Cited By (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN110138529A (en) * 2018-02-09 2019-08-16 维沃移动通信有限公司 The configuration method of SR, network side equipment, terminal side equipment
EP3174345B1 (en) * 2014-07-22 2021-03-10 ZTE Corporation Method, apparatus and system for reporting power headroom report in dual-connection

Families Citing this family (12)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2017128349A1 (en) * 2016-01-30 2017-08-03 华为技术有限公司 Scheduling method, device, and communication system
CN107786312B (en) * 2016-08-25 2020-12-08 华为技术有限公司 Signal transmission method and device
CN107889174B (en) * 2016-09-30 2021-01-12 中国移动通信有限公司研究院 Switching method, terminal equipment, base station and system
WO2018170924A1 (en) 2017-03-24 2018-09-27 华为技术有限公司 Resource scheduling method, terminal device, and network device
GB2563245B (en) * 2017-06-07 2021-06-02 Samsung Electronics Co Ltd Improvements in and relating to scheduling requests in a telecommunication system
CN109152025B (en) 2017-06-16 2024-04-26 华为技术有限公司 Communication method, terminal and base station
CN109561489B (en) * 2017-09-26 2021-01-29 华为技术有限公司 Method, device and equipment for arranging wide-width parts
US10594468B2 (en) * 2017-09-29 2020-03-17 Mediatek Inc. Efficient bandwidth adaptation for a wideband carrier
WO2019213977A1 (en) * 2018-05-11 2019-11-14 华为技术有限公司 Resource configuration method and apparatus
CN111385891B (en) * 2018-12-29 2023-07-11 华为技术有限公司 Configuration method, device and system
CN111698735A (en) * 2019-03-12 2020-09-22 华为技术有限公司 Communication method and communication device in wireless communication technical field
CN114630340A (en) * 2020-12-11 2022-06-14 华为技术有限公司 Data transmission method and data transmission device

Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN102651894A (en) * 2011-02-28 2012-08-29 华为技术有限公司 Cell switching method, terminal equipment, base station equipment and communication system
CN102685827A (en) * 2011-03-14 2012-09-19 华为技术有限公司 Access method, user equipment and base stations
CN102685785A (en) * 2011-03-18 2012-09-19 华为技术有限公司 Radio resource control (RRC) connection reestablishing method and equipment

Family Cites Families (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20100091678A1 (en) * 2008-10-09 2010-04-15 Texas Instruments Incorporated Downlink rank indication and uplink rank reporting for dedicated beamforming
JP2010109488A (en) * 2008-10-28 2010-05-13 Sharp Corp Mobile communication system, base station apparatus and mobile station apparatus

Patent Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN102651894A (en) * 2011-02-28 2012-08-29 华为技术有限公司 Cell switching method, terminal equipment, base station equipment and communication system
CN102685827A (en) * 2011-03-14 2012-09-19 华为技术有限公司 Access method, user equipment and base stations
CN102685785A (en) * 2011-03-18 2012-09-19 华为技术有限公司 Radio resource control (RRC) connection reestablishing method and equipment

Cited By (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
EP3174345B1 (en) * 2014-07-22 2021-03-10 ZTE Corporation Method, apparatus and system for reporting power headroom report in dual-connection
CN110138529A (en) * 2018-02-09 2019-08-16 维沃移动通信有限公司 The configuration method of SR, network side equipment, terminal side equipment
CN110138529B (en) * 2018-02-09 2021-11-23 维沃移动通信有限公司 SR configuration method, network side equipment and terminal side equipment

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN103906176B (en) 2018-11-09
CN103906176A (en) 2014-07-02

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
WO2014101836A1 (en) Method, device and system for accessing station
US10917816B2 (en) Method and apparatus for efficient operation upon packet duplication activation and deactivation in next generation wireless communication system
KR101239252B1 (en) Method and apparatus for efficiently utilizing harq processes for semi-persistent and dynamic data transmissions
CN110249677B (en) Half duplex operation in new wireless systems
JP6749462B2 (en) Method and apparatus for improving connectivity for sidelink communication in a wireless communication system
RU2497312C2 (en) Switching method and apparatus
JP6902651B2 (en) Methods and Devices for Requesting Sidelink Radio Bearer (SLRB) Settings for Unicast Transmission in Wireless Communities
JP6622286B2 (en) Timing alignment procedure for dual PUCCH
CN108604962B (en) Descriptor channel design for uplink channels in a shared radio frequency band
JP6563420B2 (en) Resource allocation control for discovery between long-term evolution devices
WO2014176972A1 (en) Data transmitting method and device in d2d communication
JP2016510521A (en) Network node and method of allocating uplink radio resources
WO2013107214A1 (en) Wireless communication method and apparatus
WO2007000095A1 (en) A operating method of a user terminal supporting high speed downlink packet access
CN107078849B (en) Method, apparatus, and non-transitory computer-readable medium for wireless communication
WO2011038648A1 (en) Uplink hybrid automatic repeat request method and device in transparent relay network
TW201021464A (en) Utilizing HARQ for uplink grants received in wireless communications
WO2016192517A1 (en) Radio frequency processing device and processing method
WO2018201959A1 (en) Method and apparatus for uplink data transmission
WO2017113187A1 (en) Downlink transmission method, base station, and terminal
EP3698570B1 (en) Method and apparatus for efficient operation upon packet duplication activation and deactivation in next generation wireless communication system
WO2017214976A1 (en) Method and device for data transmission
WO2016160502A1 (en) Proximity service signaling protocol for multimedia broadcast multicast service operations
CN104303579B (en) A kind of method of transmission, user equipment and wireless communication node
WO2017015963A1 (en) Communication method and communication device

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 13867647

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 13867647

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1